WO2005044793A2 - Nitrogen-containing fused heterocyclic compounds - Google Patents

Nitrogen-containing fused heterocyclic compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2005044793A2
WO2005044793A2 PCT/US2004/035648 US2004035648W WO2005044793A2 WO 2005044793 A2 WO2005044793 A2 WO 2005044793A2 US 2004035648 W US2004035648 W US 2004035648W WO 2005044793 A2 WO2005044793 A2 WO 2005044793A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
optionally substituted
compound
mmol
salt
reaction
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2004/035648
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2005044793A3 (en
Inventor
Albert Charles Gyorkos
Christopher Peter Corrette
Suk Young Cho
Timothy Mark Turner
Scott Alan Pratt
Kazuyoshi Aso
Masakuni Kori
Michiyo Gyoten
Original Assignee
Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited filed Critical Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited
Priority to US10/577,334 priority Critical patent/US7714009B2/en
Priority to JP2006538217A priority patent/JP4842829B2/en
Priority to CA002543707A priority patent/CA2543707A1/en
Priority to EP04810065A priority patent/EP1677791A4/en
Publication of WO2005044793A2 publication Critical patent/WO2005044793A2/en
Publication of WO2005044793A3 publication Critical patent/WO2005044793A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D235/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
    • C07D235/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D235/04Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles
    • C07D235/24Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D235/30Nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/22Anxiolytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24Antidepressants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to novel nitrogen- containing fused heterocyclic ⁇ compounds having CRF (corticotropin releasing factor) antagonistic activity and pharmaceutical compositions containing them.
  • CRF corticotropin releasing factor
  • Corticotropin-releasing factor (hereinafter, abbreviated as "CRF”) is a neuropeptide composed of 41 amino acids, and was isolated and purified as a peptide promoting release of adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH) from pituitary gland.
  • ACTH adrenocorticotropic hormone
  • CRF is synthesized as a carboxy-terminal of prepro CRF, cut and secreted.
  • the CRF peptide and a mRNA thereof are present at the largest amount in hypothalamus and pituitary gland, and are widely distributed in a brain such as cerebral cortex, cerebellum, hippocampus and corpus amygdaloideum.
  • a CRF receptor is a 7- transmembrane G protein-coupled receptor, and two subtypes of CRFl and CRF2 are present. It is reported that CRF1 is present mainly in cerebral cortex, cerebellum, olfactory bulb, pituitary gland and tonsil nucleus.
  • the CRF2 receptor has two subtypes of CRF2 and CRF2 ⁇ . It was made clear that the CRF2 ⁇ receptor is distributed much in hypothalamus, septal area and choroids plexus, and the CRF2 ⁇ receptor is present mainly in peripheral tissues such as skeletal muscle and is distributed in a blood vessel in a brain [J. Neurosci. 15, 6340(1995); Endocrinology, 137, 72(1996); Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1352, 129(1997)]. Since each receptor differs in distribution in a living body, it is suggested that a role thereof is also different [Trends. Pharmacol. Sci. 23, 71(2002)].
  • CRF As a physiological action of CRF, the action on the endocrine system is known in which CRF is produced and secreted in response to stress in hypothalamus and acts on pituitary gland to promote the release of ACTH [Recent Prog, Horm. Res., 39, 245(1983)].
  • CRF acts as a neurotransmitter or a neuroregulating factor in a brain, and integrates electrophysiology, autonomic nerve and conducts to stress [Brain Res. Rev., 15, 71(1990); Pharmacol. Rev., 43, 425(1991)].
  • ⁇ - helical CRF (9-41) of a peptidergic CRF receptor antagonist exerts an anti-anxiety action in an animal model [Brain Res., 509, 80(1990); J. Neurosci., 14, 2579(1994)].
  • a blood pressure, a heart rate and a body temperature of a rat are increased by stress or CRF administration, but the ⁇ -helical CRF (9-41) of a peptidergic CRF antagonist inhibits the increase in a blood pressure, a heart rate and a body temperature due to stress [J. Physiol., 460, 221(1993)].
  • the ⁇ -helical CRF(9-41) of a peptidergic CRF receptor antagonist inhibits abnormal conducts due to withdrawal of a dependent drug such as an alcohol and a cocaine [Psychopharmacology, 103, 227(1991); Pharmacol. Rev.53, 209(2001)].
  • a dependent drug such as an alcohol and a cocaine
  • learning and memory are promoted by CRF administration in a rat [Nature, 375, 284(1995); Neuroendocrinology, 57, 1071(1993); Eur. J. Pharmacol., 405, 225(2000)]. Since CRF is associated with stress response in a living body, there are clinical reports regarding stress- associated depression or anxiety.
  • the CRF concentration in a cerebrospinal fluid of a depression patient is higher as compared with that of a normal person [Am. J. Psychiatry, 144, 873(1987)], and the mRNA level of CRF in hypothalamus of a depression patient is increased as compared with that of a normal person [Am. J. Psychiatry, 152, 1372(1995)].
  • a CRF binding site of cerebral cortex of a patient who suicided by depression is decreased [Arch. Gen. Psychiatry, 45, 577(1988)].
  • the increase in the plasma ACTH concentration due to CRF administration is small in a depression patient [N. Engl. J. Med., 314, 1329(1986)].
  • CRF inhibits ingestion in an experimental animal such as a rat [Life Sci., 31, 363 (1982);
  • ⁇ -helical CRF (9-41) of a peptidergic CRF antagonist inhibited decrease of ingestion due to stress loading in an experimental model [Brain Res. Bull., 17, 285(1986)].
  • CRF inhibited weight gain in a hereditary obesity animal
  • ⁇ -helical CRF (9-41) of a peptidergic CRF antagonist has a restoring action for hypofunction of stomach by abdominal operation [Am. J. Physiol., 258, G152(1990)].
  • CRF inhibits secretion of a bicarbonate ion in stomach, decreases gastric acid secretion and inhibits ulcer due to cold restriction stress
  • ⁇ -helical CRF (9-41) of a peptidergic CRF antagonist shows the inhibitory action on gastric acid secretion decrease, gastric excretion decrease, small intestinal transport decrease and large intestinal transport enhancement due to restriction stress [Gastroenterology, 95, 1510(1988)].
  • CRF decreases a threshold of discomfort [Gastroenterology, 109, 1772(1995); Neurogastroenterol . Mot., 8, 9 [1996].
  • CRF induces degranulation of a mast cell and enhances the blood vessel permeability [Endocrinology, 139, 403(1998); J.Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 288, 1349(1999)]. CRF can be detected also in a thyroid gland of ' autoimmune thyroiditis- patient [Am. J. Pathol. 145, 1159(1994)]. When CRF is administered to an experimental autoimmune cerebrospinal meningitis rat, the progression of symptom such as paralysis was remarkably inhibited [J. Immunil., 158, 5751(1997)].
  • the immune response activity such as T-lymphocyte proliferation and the natural killer cell activity is reduced by CRF administration or stress loading [Endocrinology, 128, 1329(1991)].
  • CRF antagonistic compound would exert an excellent effect for treating or preventing various diseases in which CRF is involved.
  • peptide CRF receptor antagonists are reported in which a part of an amino acid sequence of CRF or associated peptides of a human or other mammals is altered or deleted, and they are reported to show a pharmacological action such as ACTH release- inhibiting action and anti-anxiety action [Science, 224, 889(1984); J. Pharmacol. Exp.
  • ring A is a 5-membered ring represented by the formula (A* ) : wherein X is a carbon and X 1 is an oxygen, a sulfur or - NR 5 - (wherein R 5 is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl) , or formula (A"):
  • X is a nitrogen and R ⁇ is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl;
  • R 1 is (1) an amino substituted by two substituents selected from an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group and an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or (2) an optionally substituted cyclic amino, provided that the amino nitrogen of said cyclic amino has no carbonyl adjacent to the nitrogen;
  • R 2 is an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heterocyclic;
  • Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 are each an optionally substituted methyne or a nitrogen, provided that one or less of Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 is nitrogen;
  • W is a bond, -(CH 2 )n- or -(CH 2 ) m -C0- (wherein n is an integer of 1 to 4 and m is an integer of 0 to 4) ; Z is a bond, -CO-, an oxygen, a sulfur, -SO-, -S0 2 -, -NR 4 -, -NR 4 -alk-, -CONR 4 - or -NR 4 CO- (wherein alk is an optionally substituted C 1 - 4 alkylene and R 4 is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl) ; provided that (i) the compound wherein ring A is the 5- membered ring, of the formula A' (wherein X is a carbon and X 1 is a sulfur) , W is a bond, Z is -NHCO- or -CONH-, and Y 1 is CR 3a (wherein R 3a is a hydrogen, a halogen, or
  • Y 1 is CR 3a
  • Y 2 is CR 3b
  • Y 3 is CR 3c
  • R 3a , R 3b and R 3c are independently a hydrogen, a halogen, a nitro, an ' optionally substituted C 1 - 4 hydrocarbyl, an optionally substituted C 1 - 4 hydrocarbyloxy, an optionally substituted C 1 -. 4 hydrocarbylthio, an optionally substituted amino or an acyl containing up to 4 carbon atoms
  • R 5a is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted C ⁇ _ 4 alkyl or an acyl containing up to 4 carbon atoms;
  • Y 1 is CR 3a
  • Y 2 is CR 3b
  • Y 3 is CR 3c
  • R 3a , R 3b and R 3c is independently a hydrogen, a halogen or an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl
  • W is a bond
  • R 2 is an optionally substituted phenyl or an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic
  • Z is -NR 4 - (wherein R 4 is a hydrogen or an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl) ;
  • Y 1 is CR 3a
  • Y 2 is CR 3b
  • Y 3 is CR 3c (wherein R 3a , R 3b and R 3c are independently a hydrogen, a halogen
  • ring A is a 5-membered ring represented by the formula (A' ) :
  • X is a carbon and X 1 is an oxygen, a sulfur or - NR 5 - (wherein R 5 is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl), or formula (A"):
  • X is a nitrogen and R is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl;
  • R la is (1) an amino substituted by two substituents selected from an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group and an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or (2) an optionally substituted cyclic amino;
  • R 2 is an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heterocyclic;
  • Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 are each an optionally substituted methyne. or a nitrogen, provided that one or less of Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 is nitrogen;
  • W is a bond, -(CH 2 ) n - or -(CH 2 ) m -CO-, wherein n is an integer of 1 to 4 and m is an integer of 0 to 4; Z is a bond, -CO-, an oxygen, a sulfur, -SO-, -S0 2 -, -NR 4 -, -NR-alk-, -CONR 4 - or -NR 4 CO- (wherein alk is an optionally substituted C ⁇ - 4 alkylene and R 4 is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl) ; provided that the compound wherein ring A is the 5-membered ring of the formula A' (wherein X is a carbon and X 1 is a sulfur) , W is a bond, Z is -NHCO- or -CONH-, and Y 1 is CR 3a (wherein R 3a is a halogen, or an alkoxy) is excluded; or a
  • An agent for preventing or treating a disease wherein a CRF receptor is implicated which comprises the compound (la) according to the above-mentioned (15) or a salt thereof;
  • An agent for preventing or treating affective disorder, depression or anxiety which comprises the compound (la) according to the above-mentioned (15) or a salt thereof.
  • hydrocarbyl means a univalent group containing only carbon and hydrogen.
  • ring A of the formulas (I) and (la) is a 5-membered ring represented by the following formula A' or A":
  • X represents a carbon and X 1 represents an oxygen, a sulfur or -NR 5 - (wherein R 5 is a hydrogen or an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl) .
  • examples of the 5-membered ring of the formula (A') include an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring and an imidazole ring.
  • examples of the "hydrocarbyl" of "an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl” represented by R 5 of the formula: -NR 5 - include an optionally substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an optionally substituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an optionally substituted alicyclic- aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon group, an optionally substituted aromatic-aliphatic hydrocarbon group (an aralkyl group) , and the like.
  • aliphatic hydrocarbon group examples include a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1-8 carbon atoms (e.g., alkyl group) such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl, octyl, etc.; and an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2-8 carbon atoms (e.g., alkenyl group, alkynyl group, alkadienyl group, alkadiynyl group, etc.) such as vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, 2-methyl-l-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2- butenyl, 3-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 1-pentenyl
  • alicyclic hydrocarbon group examples include a saturated alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3-7 carbon atoms (e.g., cycloalkyl group, etc.) such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and the like; an unsaturated alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3-7 carbon atoms (e.g., cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkadienyl group, etc.) such as 1-cyclopentenyl, 2-cyclopentenyl, 3- cyclopentenyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 2-cyclohexenyl, 3- cyclohexenyl, 1-cycloheptenyl, 2-cycloheptenyl, 3- cycloheptenyl, 2, 4-cycloheptadienyl, etc.; a partly saturated and fused bicyclic hydrocarbon group [preferably, Cg-io partly saturated and fused
  • Said alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be cross-linked.
  • said alicyclic-aliphatic hydrocarbon group include those where the above-mentioned alicyclic hydrocarbon group and the above-mentioned aliphatic hydrocarbon group are combined, for example, those having 4-14 carbon atoms such as cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, 2-cyclopentenylmethyl, 3- cyclopentenylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 2- cyclohexenylmethyl, 3-cyclohexenylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cycloheptylmethyl, cycloheptylethyl, 2- (3, 4-dihydro-2- naphtyl) ethyl, 2- (1, 2, 3, 4-tetrahydro-2-naphtyl) e
  • C 3 _ cycloalkyl- Ci_ 4 alkyl group e.g., C 3 _ 7 cycloalkenyl-C ⁇ - 4 alkyl group, C3_ 7 cycloalkyl-C 2 -4 alkenyl group, C 3 - cycloalkenyl-C 2 - 4 alkenyl group, Cg-io partly saturated and fused bicyclic hydrocarbon-Ci- 4 alkyl group, Cg-io partly saturated and fused bicyclic hydrocarbon-C 2 - 4 alkenyl groups, etc.).
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group examples include an aryl group having 6-10 carbon atoms (including that where a 5- to 6-membered non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring is fused with phenyl group) such as phenyl, ⁇ -naphthyl, ⁇ -naphthyl, 4-indenyl, 5-indenyl, 4-indanyl, 5-indanyl, 5,6,7,8- tetrahydro-1-naphthyl, 5, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-2-naphthyl, 5, 6- dihydro-1-naphthyl, 5, 6-dihydro-2-naphthyl, 5, 6-dihydro-3- naphthyl, 5, 6-dihydro-4-naphthyl, etc.; and the like.
  • aryl group having 6-10 carbon atoms including that where a 5- to 6-membered non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring is fused with phenyl group
  • aromatic-aliphatic hydrocarbon group examples include an aralkyl group having 7-14 carbon atoms (C 6 - ⁇ 0 aryl-C ⁇ _ 4 alkyl group) such as phenyl-C ⁇ - 4 alkyl group, e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, 1-phenylethyl, 1-phenylpropyl, 2- phenylpropyl, 3-phenylpropyl, etc.; naphthyl-C ⁇ _ 4 alkyl group such as ⁇ -naphthylmethyl, ⁇ -naphthylethyl, ⁇ - naphthylmethyl, ⁇ -naphthylethyl, etc.; C 6 - ⁇ o aryl-C 2 - alkenyl group such as phenyl-C 2 - 4 alkenyl group, e.g., styryl, cinnamyl, etc.; and the like.
  • hydrocarbyl group may have a substituent at a substitutable position.
  • substituents include a halogen, nitro, cyano, oxo, (1) an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, (2) an optionally substituted sulfinyl group, (3) an optionally substituted sulfonyl group, (4) optionally substituted hydroxyl group, (5) optionally substituted thiol group, (6) an optionally substituted amino group, (7) an acyl group, (8) an optionally esterified or amidated carboxyl group, (9) an optionally substituted phosphoryl group, or the like.
  • Examples of the substituent of above-mentioned (2) an optionally substituted sulfinyl group, (3) an optionally substituted sulfonyl group, (4) optionally substituted hydroxyl group, (5) optionally substituted thiol group and (6) an optionally substituted amino group include an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl.
  • Examples of "hydrocarbyl" of such optionally substituted hydrocarbyl include those exemplified above. Such hydrocarbyl may be substituted by one or more substituents at a substitutable position.
  • Examples of the substituent group of the optionally substituted hydrocarbyl as a substituent group include halogen, nitro, cyano, hydroxyl, thiol, amino and carboxyl .
  • C ⁇ _ 6 alkylsulfinyl e.g., methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, propylsulfinyl, butylsulfinyl etc.
  • C 6 _ ⁇ 0 arylsulfinyl e.g., phenylsulfinyl, naphthylsulfinyl etc.
  • C ⁇ _ 6 alkylsulfonyl e.g., methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, propylsulfonyl, butylsulfonyl etc.
  • C ⁇ -io arylsulfonyl e.g., phenylsulfonyl, naphthylsulfonyl etc.
  • hydroxyl, C ⁇ _ 6 alkoxy e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, t-butoxy, n-pentyloxy, isopentyloxy, neopentyloxy, etc.
  • C 6 - ⁇ o aryloxy e.g., phenoxy, naphthoxy, etc.
  • thiol As the optionally substituted thiol group of above- mentioned (5), specifically, thiol, C ⁇ -6 alkylthio (e.g., methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, etc.) and C 6 - ⁇ o arylthio (e.g., phenylthio, naphthylthio etc.) are exemplified.
  • C ⁇ -6 alkylthio e.g., methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, etc.
  • C 6 - ⁇ o arylthio e.g., phenylthio, naphthylthio etc.
  • amino, mono-C ⁇ - 6 alkylamino e.g., methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino, isopropylamino, butylamino etc.
  • di-C ⁇ - 6 alkylamino e.g., dimethylamino, diethylamino, ethylmethylamino, dipropylamino, diisopropylamino, dibutylamino etc.
  • examples of the acyl group of above-mentioned (7) include the same group as the acyl for R 5 .
  • ester group or amide group of the optionally esterified or amidated carboxyl group of above- mentioned (8) examples include ester group with the same optionally substituted hydrocarbyl as the substituent of optionally substituted hydroxyl group of above-mentioned (4) or amide group with optionally substituted amino group of above- mentioned (6) .
  • carboxyl specifically, carboxyl, C ⁇ _ 6 alkoxy-carbonyl (e.g., methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, tert- butoxycarbonyl etc.), C 6 - ⁇ o aryloxy-carbonyl (e.g., phenoxycarbonyl etc.), C- ⁇ e aralkyloxy-carbonyl (e.g., benzyloxycarbonyl, phenetyloxycarbonyl etc.), and the like are exemplified.
  • C ⁇ _ 6 alkoxy-carbonyl e.g., methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, tert- butoxycarbonyl etc.
  • C 6 - ⁇ o aryloxy-carbonyl e.g., phenoxycarbonyl etc.
  • C- ⁇ e aralkyloxy-carbonyl e.g., benzyloxycarbonyl, phen
  • carbamoyl mono-C_6 alkyl-carbamoyl (e.g., methylcarbamoyl, ethylcarbamo ' yl etc.), di-C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl- carbamoyl (e.g., dimethylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl, ethylmethylcarbamoyl etc.), C6- ⁇ o aryl-carbamoyl (e.g., phenylcarbamoyl, 1-naphthylcarbamoyl, 2-naphthylcarbamoyl etc.), 5- to 6-membered heterocyclic carbamoyl (e.g., 2- pyridylcarbamoyl, 3-pyridylcarbamoyl, 4-pyridylcarbamoyl, 2-thienylcarbamo
  • Examples of the "acyl" represented by R 5 of the formula : -NR 5 - include a formyl and a group where the carbonyl group is combined with a C ⁇ _ ⁇ 0 alkyl group, a C 2 _ ⁇ 0 alkenyl group, a C 2 - ⁇ o alkynyl group, a C3_ 7 cycloalkyl group, a C 5 _ 7 cycloalkenyl group or an aromatic group (e.g., phenyl group, pyridyl group, etc.) (e.g., acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobytyryl, valeryl, isovaleryl, pivaloyl, hexanoyl, heptanoyl, octanoyl, cyclobutanecarbonyl, cyclopentanecarbonyl, cyclohexanecarbonyl, cycloheptanecarbonyl, crot
  • R 5 is preferably hydrogen, C ⁇ _ ⁇ 0 alkyl, C 2 - ⁇ o alkenyl, C 2 - ⁇ o alkynyl, and more preferably hydrogen, C ⁇ _ ⁇ 0 alkyl.
  • X represents a nitrogen and R 6 represents a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl .
  • R ⁇ examples include the same groups as those exemplified with respect to the optionally substituted hydrocarbyl and acyl in R 5 .
  • R 6 is preferably hydrogen, C ⁇ -10 alkyl, C 2 - ⁇ o alkenyl, C 2 - 10 alkynyl, and more preferably hydrogen, C ⁇ _ ⁇ 0 alkyl.
  • R 1 and R la in the formula (I) and (la) are (1) an amino substituted by two substituents selected from an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group and an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or (2) an optionally substituted cyclic amino, provided that the cyclic amino has no carbonyl adjacent to the nitrogen in the formula (I).
  • Examples of the "optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group" in the “amino substituted by two substituents selected from an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group and an optionally substituted heterocyclic group” include the same groups as those exemplified with respect to the optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group of R 5 .
  • Examples of the "optionally substituted heterocyclic group” in the “amino substituted by two substituents selected from an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group and an optionally substituted heterocyclic group” include the same groups as those exemplified below with respect to the optionally substituted heterocyclic group of R .
  • cyclic amino in the “optionally substituted cyclic amino” include, for example, a 3- to 7- membered cyclic amino group such as aziridino, pyrrolidino, imidazolidino, oxazolidino, thiazolidino, piperidino, 1,2- dihydropyridyl, 1, 2, 3, 6-tetrahydropyridyl, piperazino, morpholino, thiomorpholino and the like.
  • the cyclic amino group may be substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl, C 2 _ 6 alkenyl, C ⁇ _ 6 alkoxy-C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl, C 5 _ 7 cycloalkyl, C 6 - ⁇ o aryl (said aryl may have 1 or 2 substituents selected from halogen, C ⁇ - 6 alkyl, halogeno C ⁇ -6 alkyl and C ⁇ _ 6 alkoxy) , C 7 _
  • aralkyl may have 1 or 2 substituents selected from halogen, C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl, halogeno C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl and C ⁇ - 6 alkoxy) , hydroxy, hydroxy-C ⁇ - 6 alkyl, C ⁇ -io aryloxy (said aryloxy may have 1 or 2 substituents selected from halogen, C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl, halogeno C ⁇ -6 alkyl and C ⁇ _ 6 alkoxy) , C 7 -i4 aralkyloxy, C ⁇ -io aryl-carbonyl, carboxyl, C ⁇ _ 6 alkoxy- carbonyl, carbamoyl, C6-10 aryl-carbamoyl, amino, C6-10 aryl- carbonylamino, C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl-carbonylamino, C ⁇ _ 6 alkoxy- carbonylamino, C 6 - ⁇ o arylthio, C 6 - ⁇ o
  • R 1 and R la in the formula (I) and (la) are preferably an amino substituted by two substituents selected from optionally substituted C ⁇ _ 4 alkyl and optionally substituted phenyl, more preferably amino substituted by ' two optionally substituted C 1 - 4 alkyl groups.
  • Preferred examples of the optionally substituted C 1 -. 4 alkyl and optionally substituted phenyl are those unsubstituted or those substituted with a group selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, C 1 -4 alkoxy; amino, mono- or di- C 1 - 4 alkyl amino; halogen; and pyridyl.
  • R 2 in the formula (I) and (la) are alkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted, cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heterocyclic.
  • alkyl for R 2 include a C ⁇ - 8 alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl, octyl, etc.
  • cycloalkyl for “optionally substituted cycloalkyl” of R 2 include a C 3 - 7 cycloalkyl group such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and the like.
  • Examples of the "cycloalkenyl" for the "optionally substituted cycloalkenyl” of R 2 include a C 3 _ 7 cycloalkenyl group such as 1-cyclopentenyl, 2-cyclopentenyl, 3- cyclopentenyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 2-cyclohexenyl, 3-- cyclohexenyl, 1-cycloheptenyl, 2-cycloheptenyl, 3- cycloheptenyl, etc.
  • each of the heterocyclic groups exemplified in (i) to (iii) may be a saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group and the unsaturated heterocyclic group may be either aromatic or non-aromatic.
  • heterocyclic for an optionally substituted heterocyclic of R 2 examples include an aromatic monocyclic heterocyclic group and a non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • Specific examples of the heterocyclic for an optionally substituted heterocyclic include (i) an aromatic monocyclic heterocyclic group (e.g., furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 1, 2, 3-oxadiazolyl, 1, 2, 4-oxadiazolyl, 1, 3, 4-oxadiazolyl, furazanyl, 1, 2, 3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4- thiadiazolyl, 1, 3, 4-thiadiazolyl, 1, 2, 3-triazolyl, 1,2,4- triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, triaziny
  • cycloalkyl may have the same substituent as those exemplified with respect to the optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group of R 5 and further may have the same group as optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group of R 5 as their substituent.
  • two of the substituents of R 2 may be combined each other to form a ring.
  • the ring examples include, for example, an aromatic fused heterocyclic group such as 8- to 12-membered aromatic fused heterocyclic group (preferably, heterocyclic group consisting of the above- mentioned 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclic group fused with a benzene ring or heterocyclic group consisting of the above-mentioned 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclic group fused with the same or different above-mentioned 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclic group), etc. (e.g., an aromatic fused heterocyclic group such as 8- to 12-membered aromatic fused heterocyclic group (preferably, heterocyclic group consisting of the above- mentioned 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclic group fused with a benzene ring or heterocyclic group consisting of the above-mentioned 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclic group fused with the same or different above-mentioned 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic heterocycl
  • R 2 is preferably an optionally substituted phenyl or an optionally substituted 5- to 6- membered heterocyclic group.
  • R 1 is CR 3a or a nitrogen
  • Y 2 is CR 3b or a nitrogen
  • Y 3 is CR 3c or a nitrogen (wherein R 3a , R 3b and R 3c are independently a hydrogen, a halogen, a nitro, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyloxy, an optionally
  • the 6-membered ring with Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 of the formula (I) and (la) is a ring containing one or less nitrogen atom such as benzene ring and pyridine ring.
  • halogen include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, and the like, preferably, fluorine and chlorine.
  • Examples of the "optionally substituted hydrocarbyl" in R 3a , R 3b and R 3c include the same groups as those exemplified with respect to the optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group of R 5 .
  • Examples of the hydrocarbyl for said "optionally substituted hydrocarbyloxy" and “optionally substituted hydrocarbylthio" of R 3a , R 3b and R 3c include the same groups as those exemplified with respect to the optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group of R 5 .
  • Examples of the "optionally substituted amino" for R 3a , R 3b and R 3c include amino group, an N-mono-substituted amino group, and an N, N-di-substituted amino group.
  • substituted amino groups include that having one or two substituents of an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group (e.g., a C ⁇ _ 8 alkyl group, a C 3 - 7 cycloalkyl group, a C_ 8 alkenyl group, a C 2 _ 8 alkynyl group, a C 3 - 7 cycloalkenyl group, a C 6 - ⁇ o aryl group that may have a C ⁇ _ alkyl group, etc.), an optionally substituted heterocyclic group (e.g., the same group as an optionally substituted heterocyclic group of R 2 ) , or the formula: -COR 3 (wherein R 3d represents hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group or an optionally substituted heterocyclic group.
  • an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group e.g., a C ⁇ _ 8 alkyl group, a C 3 - 7 cycloalkyl group, a C_ 8 alkenyl
  • the hydrocarbyl group” or “the heterocyclic group” in “an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group” or “an optionally substituted heterocyclic group” of R 3d may have the same substituent as that of "the hydrocarbyl group” or “the heterocyclic group” in “an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl” of R 5 or “an optionally substituted heterocyclic” of R 2 ) , preferably a C ⁇ - ⁇ o acyl group (e.g., a C 2 _ 7 alkanoyl, benzoyl, nicotinoyl, etc.).
  • a C ⁇ - ⁇ o acyl group e.g., a C 2 _ 7 alkanoyl, benzoyl, nicotinoyl, etc.
  • the two groups in said substituted amino groups may be combined to form a nitrogen-containing 5- to 7-membered ring (e.g., piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, thiomorpholino, etc.).
  • acyl for R 3a , R 3b and R 3c examples include the same groups as those exemplified with respect to the acyl for R 5 .
  • Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 are preferably CR 3a , CR 3b and CR 3c respectively.
  • R 3 , R 3b and R 3c are preferably hydrogen, C 1 -. 4 alkyl and C ⁇ _ 4 alkoxy.
  • W is a bond, -(CH 2 )n- or -(CH 2 )m-C0-, and n is 1-4 and m is 0-4.
  • W is a bond.
  • Z is a bond, -CO-, an oxygen, a sulfur, -SO-, -S0 2 -, -NR 4 -, -NR 4 -alk-, -CONR 4 - or -NR 4 C0- .
  • Said alk is an optionally substituted C 1 - 4 alkylene such as methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene and the like .
  • R 4 is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl.
  • the "optionally substituted hydrocarbyl” and “acyl” for R 4 include the same groups as those exemplified with respect to the optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group and acyl for R 5 .
  • Z is -NR 4 - (wherein R 4 is as defined above).
  • R 4 are hydrogen and C 1 - 4 alkyl.
  • the fused ring of the formula (I) is preferably an imidazopyridine ring.
  • the compounds wherein ring A is the 5- membered ring of the formula A' (wherein X is a carbon and X 1 is a sulfur) , W is a bond, Z is -NHCO- or -CONH- and Y 1 is CR 3a (wherein R 3a is a hydrogen, a halogen or an alkoxy) are excluded from the compounds of the formula (I) and (la) , and further the compounds wherein ring A is the 5-membered ring of the formula A' (wherein X is a carbon and X 1 is an oxygen, a sulfur or -NH-) , R 1 is an optionally substituted 1-piperazinyl, W is a bond, Z is a bond, R 2 is an optionally substituted aryl) are excluded from the compounds of the formula (I) .
  • Compound (I) or (la) may be in the form of a prodrug thereof.
  • the prodrug of Compound (I) or (la) refers to a compound that is converted into Compound (I) or (la) by a reaction with an enzyme, gastric acid, or the like under a physiological condition in the living body, namely, (i) a compound that is converted into Compound (I) or (la) by an enzymatic oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, or the like, and (ii) a compound that is converted into Compound (I) or (la) by hydrolysis with gastric acid or the like.
  • Examples of a prodrug of Compound (I) or (la) to be used include a compound or its salt wherein hydroxyl group in Compound (I) or (la) is acylated, alkylated, phosphorylated, or converted into borate (e.g., a compound or its salt wherein hydroxyl group in Compound (I) or (la) is converted into acetyloxy, palmitoyloxy, propanoyloxy, pivaloyloxy, succinyloxy, fumaryloxy, alanyloxy, dimethylaminomethylcarbonyloxy, etc.), a compound or its salt wherein carboxyl group in Compound (I) or (la) is esterified or amidated (e.g., a compound or its salt wherein carboxyl group in Compound (I) or (la) is subjected to ethyl esterification, phenyl esterification, carboxyoxymethyl esterification, dimethylaminomethyl esterification, pivaloy
  • prodrugs can be produced according to a per se known method or its modified method.
  • a prodrug of Compound (I) or (la) may be a compound or its salt that is converted into Compound (I) or (la) under physiological conditions as described in
  • Step B-2 (la) wherein R la , R lb are independently optionally substituted hydrocarbyl groups, or R la and R lb may be optionally substituted cyclic form, R laa , R lbb , R lcc and R ldd are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted hydrocarbyl groups, or R laa and R lbb or R lcc and R ldd may be optionally substituted cyclic form, L 1 is a leaving group (e.g.
  • step A compound (III) or a salt thereof can be prepared by hydrogenation of compound (II) or a salt thereof in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst, or prepared by a reduction reaction for compound (II) or a salt thereof.
  • a palladium catalyst such as palladium black, palladium oxide, palladium barium sulfate, palladium on carbon, palladium hydroxide, a platinum catalyst such as platinum black, platinum oxide and platinum on carbon, or nickel catalyst such as reduced nickel, oxidized nickel, Raney nickel are used.
  • any solvents can be used as long as they do not inhibit the reaction.
  • alcohols e.g.
  • C 1 -3 alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, propanol and the like
  • ethers diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, etc.
  • esters ethyl acetate, etc.
  • the reaction temperature is 0 °C to 200 °C, preferably 20 °C to 100 °C.
  • the reaction time is usually 0.5 to 48 hours, preferably 1 to 16 hours. While a reaction is usually performed at atmospheric pressure, it can be performed under pressure (3 to 10 atom) if necessary.
  • a catalyst employed may vary depending on the type of the catalyst employed, it is usually 0.1 to 20% by weight based on an active intermediate or a salt thereof.
  • Compound (III) or a salt thereof can be also prepared by reduction of compound (II) or a salt thereof.
  • a reducing agent is preferably Fe, Zn, Sn or SnCl 2 . This reaction may be performed under acidic conditions.
  • An acid employed in this reduction may for example be an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and nitric acid, etc., and an ordinary organic acid such as formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and methanesulfonic acid, etc. as well as a Lewis acid.
  • a reaction solvent may for example be alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, etc., ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, etc., aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, etc., esters such as ethyl acetate, etc., halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, etc., nitriles such as acetonitrile, etc., amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, etc. and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide, etc. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on the substrate employed as well as other conditions, it is -
  • Compound (II) or (III) or a salt thereof can be produced by Schemes 2 to 9.
  • the thus obtained compound (II) or (III) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography.
  • R la is equal to R lb in compound (la)
  • a reducing agent is preferably sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride and sodium triacetoxyborohydride .
  • a hydrogenation catalyst is preferably a palladium catalyst ⁇ such as palladium black, palladium oxide, palladium barium sulfate, palladium on carbon, palladium hydroxide, a platinum catalyst such as platinum black, platinum oxide and platinum on carbon, or nickel catalyst such as reduced nickel, oxidized nickel or Raney nickel.
  • the reaction solvent may for example be alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N-dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. When producing an imine, use of molecular sieves or addition of an acid serves to promote the reaction.
  • An acid employed here is preferably acetic acid and trifluoroacetic acid, etc. While the reaction temperature in this imine production may vary depending on compound (III) or a salt thereof as well as other conditions, it is 0 to 200 °C, preferably 0 to 150 °C. The reaction time is 30 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 1 hour to 24 hours. The reaction temperature in the reducing reaction is -
  • Compound (la) or a salt thereof can be also prepared by reacting compound (III) with R ⁇ L 1 or R ⁇ L 1 .
  • R ⁇ L 1 may be used in step B-2.
  • the alkylation reactions may be performed stepwise by R ⁇ L 1 and
  • step B-2 1 to 10 moles, preferably 1 to 5 moles of a compound represented by R ⁇ L 1 or a salt thereof and 1 to
  • a base may for example be an alkaline metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, etc., an alkaline metal hydrogen carbonate such as sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc., a cesium salt such as cesium carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal hydride such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride, etc., sodium amide, an alkoxide such as sodium methoxide and sodium ethoxide, etc., an a ine such as trimethylamine, triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine, etc., a cyclic amine such as pyridine, etc.
  • solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction examples include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio.
  • reaction temperature may vary depending on compound (III) or a salt, thereof employed as well as other reaction conditions, it is -20 to 200 °C, preferably 0 to 150 °C.
  • the reaction time is 5 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 5 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Alkylation of compound (III) to prepare compound (la) may be performed by combined reactions of steps B-1 and B-2.
  • the thus obtained compound (la) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography.
  • Z 1 is oxygen, sulfur, -NR 4 -, or -NR-alk-
  • Z la is - SO- or -S0 2 -
  • W 2 is N0 2 or NH 2
  • L 1 is a leaving groups (e.g. halogen atom such as chlorine, bromine and iodine, etc, sulfonyloxy group such as p-toluenesulfonyloxy group, methanesulfonyloxy group and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group, and acyloxy group such as acetyloxy group and benzoyloxy group) and each of other symbols has a meaning defined above.
  • halogen atom such as chlorine, bromine and iodine, etc
  • sulfonyloxy group such as p-toluenesulfonyloxy group, methanesulfonyloxy group and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group
  • Compound (lla) which is encompassed within compound (II) or (III) , or a salt thereof can be prepared by reacting compound (IV) with R 2 Z 1 H.
  • Compound (IV) or a salt thereof can be prepared by Schemes 10 or 11 described below.
  • step C-l 1 to 5 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles of a compound represented by R 2 Z 1 H or a salt thereof and 1 to
  • a base may for example be an alkaline metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, etc., an alkaline metal hydrogen carbonate such as sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc., a cesium salt such as cesium carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal hydride such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride, etc., sodium amide, an alkoxide such as sodium methoxide and sodium ethoxide, etc., an amine such as trimethylamine, triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine, etc., a cyclic amine such as pyridine, etc.
  • solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction examples include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio . While the reaction temperature may vary depending on compound (IV) or a salt thereof employed as well as other reaction conditions, it is -20 to 200 °C, preferably 0 to
  • reaction time is 5 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 5 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Z 1 is -NR 4 -, or -NR 4 -alk- in R 2 Z 1 H, compound
  • step C-2 1 to 10 moles, preferably 1 to 5 moles of oxidation agent are employed per 1 mole of compound (lla) or a salt thereof.
  • This reaction may be performed under acidic conditions.
  • An acid employed in this oxidation may for example be an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and nitric acid, etc., and an ordinary organic acid such as formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and methanesulfonic acid, etc. as well as a Lewis acid.
  • a reaction solvent may for example be water, alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, etc., ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, etc., aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, etc., esters such as ethyl acetate, etc., halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, etc., nitriles such as acetonitrile, etc., amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, etc. and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide, etc. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on the substrate employed as well as other conditions, it is -
  • the reaction time is usually 5 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 5 minutes to 10 hours.
  • the thus obtained compound (Ila) and (Ilaa) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography.
  • Compound (lib) which is encompassed within compound (II) or (III) , or a salt thereof can be prepared by reacting compound (IV) with a boronic acid R 2 B(OH) 2 or boronic acid esters or a salt thereof in the presence of a palladium catalyst, preferably tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) and a base according to the procedure of Suzuki coupling (Organic Synthesis via Boranes, vol. 3: Suzuki coupling, A.Suzuki and H.C. Brown, Aldrich, 2002).
  • a base may for example be an alkaline metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, etc., an alkaline metal hydrogen carbonate such as sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc., a cesium salt such as cesium carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal hydride such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride, etc., sodium amide, an alkoxide such as sodium methoxide and sodium ethoxide, etc., an amine such as trimethyla ine, triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine, etc., a cyclic amine such as pyridine, etc.
  • solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction examples include water, alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio.
  • reaction temperature may vary depending on compound (IV) or a salt thereof employed as well as other reaction conditions, it is -20 to 200 °C, preferably 40 to 150 °C.
  • the reaction time is 5 minutes to 48 hours, preferably lh to 24 hours.
  • the thus obtained compound (lib) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography.
  • step E an organic metal reagent is employed in an amount of 1 to 5 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles per 1 mole of compound (IV) or a salt thereof.
  • An organic metal reagent may preferably be organic lithium such as n-BuLi, sec-BuLi, tert-BuLi, etc.
  • solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio . While the reaction temperature may vary depending on the reagent employed as well as other conditions, it is -
  • the thus obtained compound (lie) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography.
  • step F-l compound (VI) or a salt thereof can be prepared from compound (V) or a salt thereof and an aldehyde compound R 4 CH0 by an in situ production of an imine, which is then reduced by an appropriate reducing agent.
  • the reaction can be carried out similar to step B in Scheme 1 to prepare compound (VI) .
  • Compound (V) or a salt thereof can be prepared by Scheme 10 described below.
  • step F-2 compound (VI) or a salt thereof can be also prepared by reacting (V) with R 4 L 2 or a salt thereof.
  • This reaction is carried out in the presence of a base in a solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction according to the conventional method.
  • leaving groups L 2 include halogen atom such as chlorine, bromine and iodine, sulfonyloxy group such as p- toluenesulfonyloxy group, methanesulfonyloxy group and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group, and acyloxy group such as acetyloxy group and benzoyloxy group.
  • Example of the base include alkali metal salts such as potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, sodium bicarbonate and potassium carbonate; amines such as pyridine, triethylamine, N,N-dimethylaniline and 1,8- diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene; metal hydrides such as potassium hydride and sodium hydride; and alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide and potassium t-butoxide.
  • An amount of these bases to be used is preferably about 1 to about 5 equivalents relative to compound (V) .
  • solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction examples include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, aromatic hydrocarbon such as benzene, toluene and xylene; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane and diethyl ether; amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide; and sulfoxides such as dimethyl sulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio.
  • a reaction temperature is usually about -50 to about 150°C, preferably -10°C to 120°C.
  • a reaction time is usually 0.5 to 20 hours.
  • step G compound (lid) is prepared by reacting a calboxylc acid R 2 COOH or a reactive derivative at a carboxyl group thereof and a salt thereof with compound
  • (VI) or a reactive derivative at an amino group thereof or a salt thereof examples include Schiff base type imine produced by reaction of compound (VI) with a carbonyl compound such as aldehyde, ketone and the like; silyl derivative produced by a reaction of compound (VI) and a silyl compound such as bis (trimethylsilyl) acetamide, mono (trimethylsilyl) acetamide, bis (trimethylsilyl) urea and the like; derivative produced by a reaction of compound (VI) with phosphorus trichloride or phosgene.
  • a carbonyl compound such as aldehyde, ketone and the like
  • silyl derivative produced by a reaction of compound (VI) and a silyl compound such as bis (trimethylsilyl) acetamide, mono (trimethylsilyl) acetamide, bis (trimethylsilyl) urea and the like
  • the suitable reactive derivative at a carboxyl group of R 2 COOH include acid halide, acid anhydride, activated amide, activated ester and the like.
  • the suitable reactive derivative include: acid chloride; acid azide; mixed acid anhydride with an acid such as substituted phosphoric acid such as dialkylphosphoric acid, phenylphosphoric acid, diphenylphosphoric acid, dibenzylphosphoric acid, halogenated phosphoric acid and the like, dialkylphosphorous acid, sulfurous acid, thiosulfuric acid, sulfuric acid, sulfonic acid such as methanesulfonic acid and the like, aliphatic carboxylic acid such as acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid, pivalic acid, pentanoic acid, isopentanoic acid, trichloroacetic acid and the like or aromatic carboxylic acid such as benzoic acid and the like; symmetric acid anhydride; activated amide with
  • reactive derivatives can be arbitrarily selected depending on a kind of compound (VI) to be used.
  • suitable reactive derivative of compound (lid) include alkali metal salts such as sodium salt, potassium salt and the like, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium salt, magnesium salt and the like, and basic salts such as organic base salts such as ammonium salt, trimethylamine salt, triethylamine salt, pyridine salt, picoline salt, dicyclohexylamine salt, N,N-dibenzylethylenediamine salt and the like.
  • reaction is usually carried out in the conventional solvent such as water, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and the like, acetone, dioxane, acetonitrile, chloroform, dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl acetate, N,N-dimethylformamide and pyridine
  • solvents may be used as a mixture with water.
  • R 2 COOH When R 2 COOH is used as the form of a free acid or a salt thereof in this reaction, it is desirable that the reaction is carried out in the presence of the normally used condensing agent such as so-called Vilsmeier regent and the like prepared by a reaction of N,N'- dicyclohexylcarbodiimide; N-cyclohexyl-N' - morpholinoethylcarbodiimide; N-cyclohexyl-N' - (4- diethylaminocyclohexyl) carbodiimide; N,N'- diethylcarbodiimide, N,N' -diisopropylcarbodiimide, N-ethyl- N' - (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide; N,N' -carbonylbis (2- methylimidazole) ; pentamethyleneketene-N-cyclohexylimine; diphenyl
  • reaction may be carried out in the presence of an inorganic base or an organic base such as alkali metal bicarbonate salt, tri (lower) alkylamine, pyridine, N- (lower) alkylmorpholine, N,N-di (lower) alkylbenzylamine and the like.
  • a reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but the reaction is carried out under cooling or under warming.
  • An amount of R 2 COOH to be used is 1 to 10 mole equivalent, preferably 1 to 3 equivalent relative compound (VI) .
  • a reaction temperature is usually -30°C to 100°C.
  • a reaction time is usually 0.5 to 20 hours.
  • a mixed acid anhydride is used,
  • R 2 COOH and chlorocarbonic ester e.g. methyl chlorocarbonate, ethyl chlorocarbonate, isobutyl chlorocarbonate etc.
  • compound (VI) e.g. triethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, N,N- dimethylaniline, sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate etc.
  • An amount of R 2 COOH to be used is usually 1 to 10 mole equivalent, preferably 1 to 3 mole equivalent relative to compound (VI) .
  • a reaction temperature is usually -30°C to 100°C.
  • a reaction time is usually 0.5 to 20 hours.
  • the thus obtained compound (lid) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography.
  • Step H can be carried out similar to step G in Scheme 5 to prepare compound (He) which is encompassed within compound (II) or (III), or a salt thereof.
  • Compound (VII) or a salt thereof can be prepared by Scheme 12 described below.
  • Compound (Hf) which is encompassed within compound (II) or (III), or a salt thereof can be prepared by treatment of compound (Villa) with a halogenation agent.
  • Compound (Villa) or a salt thereof can be prepared by Schemes 13 or 14 described below.
  • the halogenation agent include chlorine, bromine, iodine, thionyl chloride, thionyl bromide,, sulfuryl chloride, oxalyl chloride, phosphorus trichloride, phosphorous pentachloride, and phosphorous oxychloride, etc.
  • the halogenation agent is employed in an amount of 1 to 10 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles per 1 mole of compound (Villa) or a salt thereof.
  • the solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide.
  • reaction temperature may vary depending on the reagent employed as well as other conditions, it is -20 to 200 °C, preferably 20 to 100 °C.
  • the reaction time is 5 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • the thus obtained compound (Ilf) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography.
  • Scheme 8 wherein each of symbols has a meaning defined above.
  • Compound (Hg) which is encompassed within compound (II) or (III) , or a salt thereof can be prepared by treatment of compound (Vlllb) with a dehydrothiolation agent.
  • Compound (Vlllb) or a salt thereof can be prepared by Schemes 13 or 14 described below.
  • dehydrothiolation agent examples include N,N'- dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, N-cyclohexyl-N' ' - morpholinoethylcarbodiimide, N-cyclohexyl-N' - (4- diethylaminocyclohexyl) carbodiimide, N,N' - diethylcarbodiimide, N,N' -diisopropylcarbodiimide, N-ethyl-
  • the dehydrothiolation agent is employed in an amount of 1 to 10 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles per 1 mole of compound (Vlllb) or a salt thereof.
  • solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction examples include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio.
  • the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an inorganic base or an organic base such as alkali metal salts such as potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, sodium bicarbonate and potassium carbonate; amines such as pyridine, triethylamine, N,N-dimethylaniline and 1,8- diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene; metal hydrides such as potassium hydride and sodium hydride; and alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide and potassium t-butoxide.
  • an inorganic base or an organic base such as alkali metal salts such as potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, sodium bicarbonate and potassium carbonate; amines such as pyridine, triethylamine, N,N-dimethylaniline and 1,8- diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene; metal hydrides such as potassium hydride and sodium hydride; and alkali metal alkoxides such
  • the reaction time is 5 minutes to 10 hours, preferably 5 minutes to 2 hours.
  • the thus obtained compound (Ilg) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography.
  • step L compound (X) or a salt thereof can be prepared by treatment of compound (IX) with ammonia.
  • Compound (IX) or a salt thereof is mainly commercially available, or can be prepared by reacting thiophosgene with the amino derivatives (XIV) described below (Scheme 13) .
  • the solvent examples include water, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N-dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxidse such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvent may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on the reagent employed as well as other conditions, it is -20 to 200 °C, preferably 20 to 100 °C.
  • the reaction time is 5 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • the thus obtained compound (X) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography.
  • Step M can be carried out according to steps I, J or K in the Schemes 7 to 9 to prepare compound (V) .
  • step N an amino group of compound (V) is converted into a diazonium salt, and halogenation agent is reacted thereon, according to the procedure of Sandmeyer reaction, to prepare compound (IVa), which is encompassed within compound (IV) .
  • Diazonization in the present method is carried out in the presence of an acid in a solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction according to the conventional method.
  • the acid for example, acetic acid and hydrochloric acid are used.
  • a diazotizing agent sodium nitrite, alkyl nitrite or sulfated nitrosyl is used.
  • the thus obtained diazonium salt of compound (V) is reacted with halogenation agent to prepare compound (IV) .
  • the halogenation agent include chlorine, bromine, iodine, copper (I) bromide, copper (II) bromide, copper (I) chlolide and copper (II) chloride, etc.
  • solvent examples include water, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N-dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxidse such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio.
  • a reaction temperature is usually about -50°C to about 150°C, preferably about -10°C to about 100°C.
  • reaction time is usually about 0.5 to about 20 hours.
  • the thus obtained compound (IVa) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography.
  • step 0 compound (XII) or a salt thereof can be prepared by treatment of compound (XI) with 1, 1' -carbonyl diimidazole, phosgene, alkyl haloformate such as ethyl chloroformate, phenyl haloformate such as phenyl chloroformate or urea, etc.
  • Compound (XI) or a salt thereof is mainly commercially available or can be prepared from the nitro derivatives corresponded to compound (XI) .
  • the solvent examples include ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N-dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxidse such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on the reagent employed as well as other conditions, it is -20 to 200 °C, preferably 20 to 100 °C.
  • the reaction time is 5 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • the thus obtained compound (XII) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography.
  • step P after base treatment of compound (XII) , the resulting moiety may be converted to a leaving group to prepare compound (IV) .
  • Such leaving group may for example be a substituted sulfonyloxy (for example, methanesulfonyloxy and p- toluenesulfonyloxy, etc.), an acyloxy (for example, acetoxy and benzoyloxy, etc.) and an oxy group which is substituted with a heterocyclic or aryl group (such as succinimide, benzotriazole, quinoline and 4-nitrophenyl, etc.), etc.
  • a substituted sulfonyloxy for example, methanesulfonyloxy and p- toluenesulfonyloxy, etc.
  • an acyloxy for example, acetoxy and benzoyloxy, etc.
  • an oxy group which is substituted with a heterocyclic or aryl group such as succinimide, benzotriazole, quinoline and 4-nitrophenyl, etc.
  • a base may for example be an alkaline metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, etc., an alkaline metal hydrogen carbonate such as sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc., a cesium salt such as cesium carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal hydride such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride, etc., sodium amide, an alkoxide such as sodium methoxide and sodium ethoxide, etc., an amine such as trimethylamine, triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine, etc., a cyclic amine such as pyridine, etc.
  • step P compound (IV) or a salt thereof can be also prepared by treatment of compound (XII) with a halogenation agent.
  • a halogenation agent include chlorine, bromine, iodine, thionyl chloride, thionyl bromide, sulfuryl chloride, oxalyl chloride, phosphorus trichloride, phosphorous pentachloride, and phosphorous oxychloride, etc.
  • the halogenation agent is employed in an amount of 1 to 10 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles per 1 mole of compound
  • solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction examples include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio.
  • reaction temperature may vary depending on the reagent employed as well as other conditions, it is -20 to 200 °C, preferably 20 to 100 °C.
  • the reaction time is 5 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • the thus obtained compound (IV) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography.
  • step Q an amino group of compound (V) is converted into a diazonium salt, and cyanation agent is reacted thereon to prepare compound (XIII), according to the procedure of Sandmeyer reaction.
  • Diazotization in the present method is carried out in the presence of an acid in a solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction according to the conventional method.
  • the acid for example, acetic acid, sulfuric acid and hydrochloric acid are used.
  • a diazotizing agent sodium nitrite, alkyl nitrite or sulfated nitrosyl is used.
  • the thus obtained diazonium salt of compound (V) is reacted with cyanation agent to prepare compound (XIII) .
  • the cyanation agent include copper cyanide, potassium cyanide, sodium cyanide and nickel cyanide, etc.
  • the solvent include water, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N-dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide.
  • a reaction temperature is usually about -50°C to about 150°C, preferably about -10°C to about 100°C.
  • a reaction time is usually about 0.5 to about 20 hours.
  • the thus obtained compound (XIII) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography.
  • step R compound (VII) or a salt thereof can be prepared by hydrolysis of compound (XIII) or a salt thereof. It is preferable that hydrolysis is carried out in the presence of a base or an acid.
  • An acid which may be employed may for example be an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and nitric acid
  • a base may for example be an inorganic base (alkaline metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, etc., alkaline metal hydrogen carbonate such as sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc., alkaline metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc.).
  • This reaction is conducted in a 20 to 50 volumes of an aqueous solution of an inorganic acid described above (usually at 10 to 30%) per 1 g of the nitrile compound (XIII) , or in an aqueous solution containing 3 to 10 moles of a base described above per 1 mole of the nitrile compound (XIII) .
  • the reaction may be performed in an aqueous solution described above which is supplemented with an organic solvent.
  • An organic solvent which may be employed is alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, organic acids such as acetic acid, etc., ethers, such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, a nitrile such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N-dimethylacetamide and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide.
  • the reaction temperature may vary depending on the nitrile employed as well as other conditions, it is 0 to 200 °C, preferably 20 to 150 °C.
  • the reaction time is 30 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 1 to 24 hours.
  • the thus obtained compound (VII) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography.
  • Compound (VIII) or a salt thereof can be prepared by reacting (XIV) with R 2 NCS or a salt thereof.
  • an isothiocyanate R 2 NCS is employed in an amount of 1 to 10 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles per 1 mole of compound (XIV) or a salt thereof.
  • solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction examples include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio.
  • reaction temperature may vary depending on compound (XIV) employed as well as other conditions, it is 0 to 200 °C, preferably 20 to 150 °C.
  • the reaction time is 30 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 1 to 24 hours.
  • the thus obtained compound (VIII) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography.
  • Compound (VIII) or a salt thereof can be also prepared by reacting (IX) with R 2 NH 2 or a salt thereof.
  • step T compound R 2 NH 2 is employed in an amount of 1 to 10 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles per 1 mole of compound (IX) or a salt thereof.
  • Examples of the solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio.
  • alcohols such as methanol and ethanol
  • ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene
  • esters such as ethyl acetate
  • halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane
  • reaction temperature may vary depending on compound (IX) employed as well as other conditions, it is 0 to 200 °C, preferably 20 to 150 °C.
  • the reaction time is 30 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 1 to 24 hours.
  • the thus obtained compound (VIII) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography.
  • Step ⁇ can be carried out similar to step C, D, and E in the Schemes 2 to 4 to prepare compound (lb) which is encompassed within compound (I) .
  • Compound (XV) or a salt thereof can be prepared by Scheme 16 described below.
  • Compound (XVIII) or a salt thereof can be prepared by reacting compound (XVI) with compound (XVII) .
  • step V 1 to 5 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles of compound (XVII) or a salt thereof are employed per 1 mole of compound (XVI) or a salt thereof.
  • Examples of the solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. This reaction may be performed under basic conditions.
  • a base may for example be an alkaline metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, etc., an alkaline metal hydrogen carbonate such as sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc., a cesium salt such as cesium carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal hydride such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride, etc., sodium amide, an alkoxide such as sodium methoxide and sodium ethoxide, etc., an amine such as trimethylamine, triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine, etc., a cyclic amine such as pyridine, etc. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on compound (XVII) or a salt thereof employed as well as other reaction conditions, it is -20 to 200 °C, preferably 0 to
  • step X compound (XV) or a salt thereof can be prepared by treatment of compound (XIX) with a halogenation agent .
  • halogenation agent examples include N- chlorosuccinimide, N-bromosuccinimide, chlorine, bromine, iodine, thionyl chloride, thionyl bromide, sulfuryl chloride, oxalyl chloride, phosphorus trichloride, phosphorous pentachloride, and phosphorous oxychloride, etc.
  • the halogenation agent is employed in an amount of 1 to 10 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles per 1 mole of compound (XIX) or a salt thereof.
  • Examples of the solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as carbon tetrachloride, chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N- dimethylformamide and N,N-dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio.
  • alcohols such as methanol and ethanol
  • ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene
  • esters such as ethyl acetate
  • halogenated hydrocarbons such as
  • reaction temperature may vary depending on the reagent employed as well as other conditions, it is -50 to 200 °C, preferably 0 to 100 °C.
  • the reaction time is 5 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • the thus obtained compound (XV) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. (Method C) Scheme 17
  • Compound (lc) which is encompassed within compound (I) , or a salt thereof can be prepared by reacting compound (XX) with an amino compound R la R lb NH.
  • Compound (XX) or a salt thereof can be prepared by the procedures described in Methods A and B.
  • step Y 1 to 5 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles of a compound represented by R la R lb NH or a salt thereof and 1 to 5 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles of a base are employed per 1 mole of compound (XX) or a salt thereof.
  • a base may for example be an alkaline metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, etc., an alkaline metal hydrogen carbonate such as sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc., a cesium salt such as cesium carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal hydride such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride, etc., sodium amide, an alkoxide such as sodium methoxide and sodium ethoxide, etc., an amine such as trimethylamine, triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine, etc., a cyclic amine such as pyridine, etc.
  • solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction examples include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio .
  • reaction temperature may vary depending on compound (XX) or a salt thereof employed as well as other reaction conditions, it is -20 to 200 °C, preferably 0 to 150 °C.
  • the reaction time is 5 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 5 minutes to 24 hours.
  • compound (lc) can be also prepared by reacting compound (XX) with R la R lb NH or a salt thereof in the presence of a palladium catalyst, preferably palladium (II) acetate and a catalytic amount of a phosphine ligand, preferably 2- (dicyclohexylphosphino) biphenyl, according to the procedure of Buchwald et al . (J. Am.
  • step Z compound (XXII) is prepared by removing a carboxyl-protecting group.
  • Compound (XXI) or a salt thereof can be prepared by the procedures described in Methods A, B,
  • hydrolysis is carried out in the presence of a base or an acid.
  • suitable base include inorganic bases such as alkali metal hydroxide (e.g. sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide) , alkaline earth metal hydroxide (e.g. magnesium hydroxide and calcium hydroxide), alkali metal carbonate (e.g. sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate), alkaline earth metal carbonate (e.g. magnesium carbonate and calcium carbonate) , alkali metal bicarbonate (e.g.
  • alkali metal acetate e.g. sodium acetate and potassium acetate
  • alkaline earth metal phosphate e.g. magnesium phosphate and calcium phosphate
  • alkali metal hydrogen phosphate e.g. disodium hydrogen phosphate and dipotassium hydrogen phosphate
  • organic bases such as trialkylamine (e.g. trimethylamine and triethylamine) , picoline, N- methylpyrrolidine, N-methylmorpholine, 1 5- diazabicyclo [4.3.2] non-5-ene, 1, 4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] non-5- ene and 1, 8-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] -7-undecene.
  • Hydrolysis using a base is carried out in water or a hydrophilic organic solvent or a mixed solvent in many cases.
  • a suitable acid include formic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid and sulfuric acid.
  • the present hydrolysis reaction is usually carried out in an organic solvent, water or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • a reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected depending on a kind of a carboxyl- protecting group and an elimination method.
  • Elimination using a Lewis acid is carried out by reacting compound (XXI) or a salt thereof with a Lewis acid, for example, trihalogenated boron (e.g. boron trichloride and boron trifluoride) , tetrahalogenated titanium (e.g.
  • This elimination reaction is preferably carried _ out in the presence of a cation scavenger (e.g. anisole and phenol) and is usually carried out in a solvent such as nitroalkane (e.g. nitromethane and nitroethane), alkylene halide (e.g. methylene chloride and ethylene chloride) , diethyl ether, carbon disulfide, and a solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction.
  • a cation scavenger e.g. anisole and phenol
  • alkylene halide e.g. methylene chloride and ethylene chloride
  • diethyl ether diethyl ether
  • carbon disulfide e.g. a solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction.
  • solvents may be used as a mixture thereof. It is preferable that elimination by reduction is applied to elimination of a protecting group such as halogenated alkyl (e.g. 2-iodoethyl and 2,2,2- trichloroethyl) ester, and aralkyl (e.g. benzyl) ester.
  • a reduction method using in the present elimination reaction include the conventional catalytic reduction in the presence of a combination of a metal (e.g. zinc and zinc amalgam) or a salt of a chromium compound (e.g. chromate chloride and chromate acetate) and an organic or inorganic acid (e.g.
  • reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but a reaction is carried out under cooling, at room temperature of under warming .
  • the thus obtained compound (XXII) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography.
  • step AA compound (Id) which is encompassed within compound (I) , or a salt thereof is prepared by reacting compound (XXII) or a reactive derivative at a carboxyl group thereof and a salt thereof with the amino compound R la R lb NH or a reactive derivative at an amino group thereof or a salt thereof.
  • Step ZZ can be carried out similar to step G in Scheme 5 to prepare compound (Id) which is encompassed within compound (I) .
  • Step AB can be carried out similar to step T in Scheme 14 to prepare compound (XXIV) or a salt thereof.
  • Compound (XXIII) or a salt thereof can be prepared from amino derivatives corresponded to compound (XXIII) .
  • Step AC can be carried out similar to step I in the Scheme 7 to prepare compound (XXIa) , which is encompassed within compound (XXI), or a salt thereof. (Method E) Scheme 20
  • Step AD can be carried out similar to step C, D, and E in the Schemes 2 to 4 to prepare compound (le) which is encompassed within compound (I) .
  • Compound (XXV) or a salt thereof can be prepared by the procedures described in Methods A, B and Scheme 21. Scheme 21
  • Step AE can be carried out similar to step P in Scheme 11 to prepare compound (XXVa) , which is encompassed within compound (XXV) .
  • Compound (XXVI) or a salt thereof can be prepared by the procedures in Schemes 22-25 described below.
  • Step AF can be carried out similar to step A in Scheme 1 to prepare compound (XXVIII) or a salt thereof.
  • Compound (XXVII) or a salt thereof can be prepared by the procedures described in step 0 in Scheme 11.
  • Step AG can be carried out similar to step B in Scheme 1 to prepare compound (XXVIa) , which is encompassed within compound (XXVI), or a salt thereof.
  • Scheme 23
  • R le is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and each of the other symbols has a meaning defined above.
  • a palladium catalyst may for example be bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium(II) dichloride, tris (dibenzylidineacetone) dipalladium (0) , trans- dichlorobis (tri-o-tolylphosphine) palladium, palladium (II) trifluoroacetate and palladium(II) acetate, preferably tris (dibenzylidineacetone) dipalladium (0) .
  • a phosphine ligand may for example be 2, 2' -bis (diphenylphosphino) -1, 1' - binaphtyl, 2- (di-tert-butylphosphino) biphenyl, 2- (dicyclohexylphosphino) biphenyl, 2- (dicyclohexylphosphino) -
  • a base may for example be an alkaline metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, etc., an alkaline metal hydrogen carbonate such as sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc., a cesium salt such as cesium carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal hydride such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride, etc., sodium amide, an alkoxide such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide and potassium tert-butoxide, etc., an amine such as trimethylamine, triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine, etc., a cyclic amine such as pyridine, etc.
  • an alkaline metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, etc.
  • an alkaline metal hydrogen carbonate such as sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc.
  • step AH-2 1.0 to 5 moles, preferably 1.1 to 2.0 moles of R le L 1 , 0.01 to 0.5 moles, preferably 0.05 to 0.2 moles of a palladium catalyst, 0.01 to 0.5 moles, preferably 0.02 to 0.2 moles of a phosphine ligand and 1.0 to 5.0 moles, preferably 1.2 to 3 moles of a base are employed per 1 mole of an amino compound or a salt thereof.
  • solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction examples include ethers such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and 1, 2-dimethoxyethane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio.
  • ethers such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and 1, 2-dimethoxyethane
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene
  • halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane
  • nitriles such as acetonitrile
  • amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and
  • reaction temperature may vary depending on compound (Xlla) or a salt thereof employed as well as other reaction conditions, it is 0 to 250 °C, preferably 50 to 150 °C.
  • the reaction time is 5 minutes to 120 hours, preferably 1 hour to 48 hours.
  • compound (XXVIb) or a salt thereof can be prepared via compound (XXIX) .
  • step Al compound (XXIX) can be prepared by the similar procedure described in step N in Scheme 10 or reacting compound (XXVIII) with an alkyl nitrite and a metal halide, etc.
  • step Al 1.0 to 5 moles, preferably 1.0 to 2.0 moles of an alkyl nitrite, 0.5 to 3 moles, preferably 0.5 to 2 moles of a metal halide.
  • solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include ethers such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and 1, 2-dimethoxyethane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide, These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on compound (XXVIII) or a salt thereof employed as well as other reaction conditions, it is -10 to 200 °C, preferably
  • Step AJ can be carried out similar to step AH-2 to prepare compound (XXX) by reacting with R le NH 2 or a salt thereof.
  • Step AK can be carried out similar to step B in Scheme
  • an oxidation agent is used and a base or an acid may be used.
  • An oxidation agent may for example be potassium permanganate, potassium periodate, sodium periodate, sodium dichromate, potassium dichromate, osmium tetroxide, ruthenium tetroxide, oxygen, ozone, hydrogen peroxide, organic peroxide such as 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid and peroxyacetic acid, etc., preferably ozone. These reagents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio.
  • a base may for example be an alkaline metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, etc., an alkaline metal hydrogen carbonate such as sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc., a cesium salt such as cesium carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal hydride such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride, etc., sodium amide, an alkoxide such as sodium methoxide and sodium ethoxide, etc., an amine such as trimethylamine, triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine, etc., a cyclic amine such as pyridine, etc.
  • An acid may for example be an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and nitric acid, etc., and an ordinary organic acid such as formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and methanesulfonic acid, etc. as well as a Lewis acid.
  • an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and nitric acid, etc.
  • an ordinary organic acid such as formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and methanesulfonic acid, etc. as well as a Lewis acid.
  • 1 to 10 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles of the oxidative agent and 0.1 to 10 moles, preferably 0.3 to 2 moles of the base per 1 mole of compound (XXVIII) or a salt thereof are used.
  • solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction examples include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as diethyl ether, dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides, such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio.
  • reaction temperature may vary depending on compound (XXVIII) or a salt thereof employed as well as other reaction conditions, it is -100 to 200 °C, preferably -100 to 100 °C.
  • the reaction time is 1 minute to 48 hours, preferably 1 minute to 24 hours.
  • the thus obtained oxidant may be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. In a reductive alkylation step, the similar manner described in step B-1 in Scheme 1 is used.
  • Compound (I) obtained by any method described above, as a free form may be converted in accordance with a standard procedure for example into a salt with an inorganic acid (for example, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and hydrobromic acid, etc.), an organic acid (for example, methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, oxalic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid and tartaric acid, etc.), an inorganic base (for example, alkaline metal such as sodium and potassium, etc., .alkaline earth metal such as calcium and magnesium, etc., aluminum and ammonium, etc.) or an organic base (for example, trimethylamine, triethylamine, pyridine, picoline, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine and N,N' -dibenzylethylenediamine, etc.), while compound (I) obtained as a salt may be converted into a free
  • a starting compound for compound (I) according to the invention may be in a form of a salt, including a salt with an inorganic acid (for example, hydrochloric acid, phosphoric acid, hydrobromic acid and sulfuric acid, etc.) and a salt with an organic acid (for example, acetic acid, formic acid, propionic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, malic acid, oxalic acid, benzoic acid, methanesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid, etc.).
  • an inorganic acid for example, hydrochloric acid, phosphoric acid, hydrobromic acid and sulfuric acid, etc.
  • an organic acid for example, acetic acid, formic acid, propionic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, malic acid, oxalic acid, benzoic acid, methanesulfonic acid and benzenes
  • a salt with an inorganic base for example, an alkaline metal or an alkaline earth metal such as sodium, potassium, calcium and magnesium, ammonia, etc.
  • an organic base for example, tri-C ⁇ - 3 alkyla ine such as triethylamine, etc.
  • a starting compound when carries as a substituent an amino group, an amide group, a urea group, a carboxyl group or a hydroxyl group, then such group may be derivatized with a protective group employed ordinarily in peptide chemistry, which is cleaved after a reaction if desired to yield an intended compound.
  • a protective group for an amino group, an amide group and a urea group may for, example be, an optionally substituted C ⁇ - 6 alkylcarbonyl (for example.
  • phenylcarbonyl formyl, methylcarbonyl and ethylcarbonyl, etc.
  • phenylcarbonyl a C ⁇ - 6 alkyloxycarbonyl (for example, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl and tert-butylcarbonyl, etc.), phenyloxycarbonyl (for example, benzoxycarbonyl) , C 7 - ⁇ o aralkylcarbonyl (for example, benzyloxycarbonyl) , C_ ⁇ 0 aralkyl (for example, benzyl and 4-methoxybenzyl, etc.), trityl, phthaloyl, etc.
  • a substituent on each of the groups listed above may be a halogen atom (for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine, etc.), a C ⁇ _ 6 alkylcarbonyl (for example, methylcarbonyl, ethylcarbonyl and butylcarbonyl, etc.) and a nitro group, which may occur 1 to about 3 times.
  • a protective group for a carboxyl group may for example be an optionally substituted C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl (for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl and t-butyl, etc.), phenyl, trityl and silyl, etc.
  • a substituent on each of the groups listed above may be a halogen atom (for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine, etc.), a C ⁇ - 6 alkylcarbonyl (for example, formyl, methylcarbonyl, ethylcarbonyl and butylcarbonyl, etc.) and a nitro group, which may occur 1 to about 3 times.
  • a protective group for a hydroxyl group may.
  • C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl and tert-butyl, etc.
  • phenyl for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl and tert-butyl, etc.
  • phenyl for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl and tert-butyl, etc.
  • phenyl for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl and tert-butyl, etc.
  • phenyl for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl and tert-butyl, etc.
  • phenyl for example
  • a substituent on each of the groups listed above may be a halogen atom (for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine, etc.), a C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl, phenyl, a C 7 - ⁇ o aralkyl, nitro, etc., which may occur 1 to about 4 times.
  • a method for cleaving a protective group is a method known per se or an analogous method, such as a treatment for example with an acid, a base, a reduction, UV light, hydrazine, phenylhydrazine, sodium N-methyldithiocarbamate, tetrabutylammonium fluoride, palladium acetate, etc.
  • the pharmaceutical composition containing compound (I) or (la) of the present invention is expected to be useful in the treatment and prevention of diseases, in which CRF is involved, such as great depression, postpartum depression, suppression symptom, mania, anxiety, generalized anxiety disorder, panic disorder, phobia, obsessive-compulsive disorder, post psychic trauma stress disorder, Tourette' s syndrome, autism, passion disorder, adjustment disorder, dysthymic disorder, sleep disorder, insomnia, bipolar disorder, circulatory disease, neurosis, schizophrenia, digestive ulcer, irritable bowl syndrome, ulcerative colitis, Crohn' s disease, diarrhea, constipation, postoperative ileus, gastrointestine dysfunction and nervous vomiting associated with stress, Alzheimer's disease, Alzheimer's type senile dementia, nervous degenerated disease such as Parkinson' s disease and Huntington' s disease, multi-infarct dementia, senile dementia, nervous orexia inactivity, hyperphagia and other ingestion disorder, obesity, diabetes, alcohol dependency, pharmacophinia, drug withdrawal, migraine, stress
  • Compound (I) or (la) of the present invention can be formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and can be orally or parenterally administered as solid formulations such as tablets, capsules, granules, powders, or the like; or liquid formulations such as syrups, injections, or the like. Also, there can be prepared formulations for transdermal administration such as patchings, cataplasms, ointments (including creams), plasters, tapes, lotions, liquids and solutions, suspensions, emulsions, sprays, and the like.
  • a variety of organic or inorganic carrier substances which have been conventionally employed as formulation materials, is used and compounded as a bulking agent, a lubricant, a binding agent, and a disintegrator in solid formulations; a vehicle, a solubilizing agent, a suspending agent, an isotonicity agent, a buffering agent, and an analgesic in liquid formulations.
  • formulation excipients such as a preservative, an antioxidant, a stabilizer, a coloring agent, a sweetening agent, and the like can be used.
  • Preferred examples of the bulking agent include lactose, sucrose, D-mannitol, starch, crystalline cellulose, light anhydrous silicic acid, and the like.
  • Preferred examples of the lubricant include magnesium stearate, potassium stearate, talc, colloidal silica, and the like.
  • Preferred examples of the binding agent include crystalline cellulose, ⁇ -starch, sucrose, D-mannitol, dextrin, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, and the like.
  • Preferred examples of the disintegrator include starch, carboxymethyl cellulose, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, sodium carboxymethyl starch, low-substituted hydroxypropyl cellulose, and the like.
  • Preferred examples of the vehicle include water for injection, alcohol, propylene glycol, macrogol, sesame oil, corn oil, and the like. If necessary, for the purpose of taste masking, enteric coating, or prolonged action, oral formulations can be prepared by coating by a per se known method.
  • this coating agent examples include hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, polyoxyethylene glycol, Tween 80, Pluronic F68 [polyoxyethylene (160) polyoxypropylene (30) glycol], cellulose acetate phthalate, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose phthalate, hydroxymethyl cellulose acetate phthalate, Eudragit (manufactured by Rohm Company, methacrylic acid- acrylic acid copolymer) , and the like.
  • Preferred examples of the solubilizing agent include polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, benzyl benzoate, ethanol, trisamiomethane, cholesterol, triethanolamine, sodium carbonate, sodium citrate, and the like.
  • Preferred examples of the suspending agent include surface active agents such as stearyltriethanolamine, sodium lauryl sulfate, laurylammopropionic acid, lecithin, benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, glycerin monostearate, and the like; hydrophilic, high molecular substances such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, and the like; and so on..
  • Preferred examples of the isotonicity agent include sodium chloride, glycerin, D- mannitol, and the like.
  • Preferred examples of the buffering agent include buffer solutions of a phosphate, an acetate, a carbonate, a citrate, or the like.
  • Preferable examples of the analgesic include benzyl alcohol and the like.
  • Preferred examples of the preservative include paraoxybenzoic acid esters, chlorobutanol, benzyl alcohol, phenethyl alcohol, dehydroacetic acid, sorbic acid, and the like.
  • Preferred examples of the antioxidant include sulfites, ascorbic acid, and the like.
  • Example 1 ⁇ -Mesityl-N 7 , N 7 -dipropyl-l , 3-benzothiazole-2, 7-diamine :
  • N 2 -Mesityl-7-nitro-l , 3-benzothiazol-2-amine A mixture of 2.25 g (12.5 mmol) of 3- nitrophenylisothiocyanate and 1.4 mL (10 mmol) of mesityl amine in 10 mL of methanol was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and dried to give a quantitative yield of l-(3- nitrophenyl) -3- (mesityl) thiourea. To 1.8 g (5.7 mmol) of the thiourea thus prepared slurried in 20 mL of CC1 was added 0.35 mL (6.9 mmol) of bromine.
  • N 2 -Mesityl-1 , 3-benzothiazole-2, 7-diamine To a solution of 1.8 g (5.7 mmol) of N 2 -mesityl-7- nitro-1, 3-benzothiazol-2-amine in 7.2 mL of glacial acetic acid and 25 mL of ethanol was added 1.8 g (32 mmol) of iron powder. The resulting solution was heated at reflux for 18 h before being cooled to room temperature. The slurry was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to a brown solid.
  • the reaction was cooled to room temperature and 0.15 g (4 mmol) of sodium borohydride was added.
  • the reaction was heated to 80 °C for 1 h and cooled to room temperature.
  • the mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and was washed successively with water and brine before being dried over sodium sulfate.
  • the solution was filtered, concentrated in vacuo and the resulting crude oil was purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 80% hexanes/ethyl acetate mixture to give 0.41 g (38%) of the title compound as a colorless oil.
  • N 2 -Diphenylmethylene-N 4 ,i ⁇ 4 -dipropylpyridine-2 , 4-diamine A mixture of 0.52 g (2.4 mmol) of 2-chloro-.N*,tf 4 - dipropylpyridin-4-amine, 0.076 g (0.12 mmol) of racemic 2, 2' -bis (diphenylphosphino) -1, 1' -binaphtyl (BINAP) , 0.33 g (3.4 mmol) of sodium tert-butoxide and 0.027 g (0.12 mmol) of palladium (II) acetate in 25 mL of toluene was treated with 0.49 mL (2.9 mmol) of benzophenone imine and heated to 85 °C for 18 h.
  • N 4 ,iV 4 -Dipropylpyridine-2 , 4-diamine To 0.235 g (0.66 mmol) of I ⁇ -diphenylmethylene-N , ⁇ / 4 - dipropylpyridine-2, 4-diamine in 9 mL of methanol was added 0.13 g (1.6 mmol) of sodium acetate followed by 0.082 g (1.2 mmol) of hydroxylamine hydrochloride . The resulting clear golden reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 45 min and concentrated in vacuo . The crude solids were slurried in dichloromethane, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The resulting oil was purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 13% to 20% methanol/dichloromethane gradient containing 2% triethylamine to give 0.106 g (83%) of the title compound as a white solid.
  • N,I ⁇ 7-dimethylformamide (DMF) was added dropwise 0.15 mL
  • N 2 - (1-Phenylethyl) -1, 3-benzothiazole-2, 7-diamine (C) To 0.165 g (0.55 mmol) of 7-nitro-N 2 - (1-phenylethyl) - 1, 3-benzothiazol-2-amine in 10 mL of DMF was added 0.62 g (2.8 mmol) of stannous chloride dihydrate. The reaction was heated to 80 °C for 48 h and neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate. The mixture was filtered through celite and extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • N 2 - (1-Phenylethyl) -N 7 , N 7 -dipropyl-l , 3-benzothiazole-2, 7- diamine (D) To 0.016 g (0.059 mmol) of IV 2 - (1-phenylethyl) -1, 3- benzothiazole-2, 7-diamine and 21 ⁇ L (0.30 mmol) of propionaldehyde in 2 mL of dichloroethane was added one drop of glacial acetic acid and 0.038 g (0.18 mmol) of sodium triacetoxyborohydride. The mixture was heated to 50 °C for 3 h and concentrated in vacuo .
  • 2-Morpholin-4-yl-7-nitro-l, 3-benzothiazole To 0.200 g (0.77 mmol) of 2-bromo-7-nitro-l, 3- benzothiazole in 2 mL of DMF was added 0.21 g (1.5 mmol) of potassium carbonate and 81 ⁇ L (0.93 mmol) of morpholine.
  • 2-Morpholin-4-yl-I ⁇ J,-V-dipropyl-l, 3-benzothiazol-7-amine To 0.022 g (0.094 mmol) of 2-morpholin-4-yl-l, 3- benzothiazol-7-amine and 40 ⁇ L (0.56 mmol) of propionaldehyde in 2 mL of dichloroethane was added one drop of glacial acetic acid and 0.064 g (0.30 mmol) of sodium triacetoxyborohydride. The mixture was heated to 50 °C for 5 h and concentrated in vacuo .
  • N- (7- (Dipropylamino) -1, 3-benzothiazol-2-yl) -2, 4, 6- trimethylbenzamide To 0.118 g (0.379 mmol) of N- (7-amino-l, 3- benzothiazol-2-yl) -2, 4, 6-trimethylbenzamide and 0.14 mL (1.9 mmol) of propionaldehyde in 5 mL of dichloroethane was added one drop of glacial acetic acid and 0.24 g (1.1 mmol) of sodium triacetoxyborohydride. The mixture was heated to 50 °C for 3 h and an additional 0.14 L of propionaldehyde was added.
  • A Methyl 2-mesitylamino-7-nitro-l, 3-benzothiazole-5- carboxylate
  • Methyl 2-mesitylamino-5-nitro-l, 3- benzothiazole-7-carboxylate B
  • the aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane.
  • 2-Amino-6-nitrophenol A suspension of 2, 6-dinitrophenol 5.0 g (27 mmol), ammonium hydroxide (3 ml) and ammonium chloridel4.3 g (270 mmol) in 30 ml of water was heated to 70°C. A solution of sodium sulfide nonahydrate (24.19 g, 100 mmol) in water was added and the resulting mixture stirred at 70°C for 2h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, acidified (pH
  • N-Mesityl-7-nitro-l, 3-benzoxazol-2-amine To a solution containing 0.06 g (0.18 mmol) of l-(2- hydroxy-3-nitrophenyl) -3-mesitylthiourea in acetonitrile was added O.lOg (0.36 mmol) of mercury (II) chloride, and the mixture was then stirred for lh . The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (2 ml) and filtered through a prepacked celite column. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified via Biotage chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate/ dichloromethane to afford 0.047 g (90 %) of product.
  • N 2 -Methylbenzene-1 , 2, 3-triamine To a flask was added 0.30 g (1.5 mmol) of 2,6-dinitro- N-methylaniline and 40 ml of methanol. The flask was purged with nitrogen followed by the addition of 0.03 g of 10% palladium on carbon. The flask was evacuated and pressurized to 2-3 psig hydrogen and stirred for lh. After completion as determined by HPLC, the reaction was filtered through GF/F filter paper. The filtrate was evaporated to give 0.2g (95%) of product. MS Calcd.: 137; Found: 138 (M+H).
  • N 2 -Mesityl-l-methyl-lH-benzimidazole-2 , 7-diamine To a solution containing 0.25 g (0.79mmol) of l-(3- amino-2-methylaminophenyl) -3-mesitylthiourea in acetonitrile was added 0.52g (1.6 mmol) of mercury (II) chloride, and the mixture stirred for lh. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (2ml) and filtered through a prepacked celite column.
  • the mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 18 h and an additional 0.68 mL of benzaldehyde, 10 drops of glacial acetic acid and 0.63 g of sodium cyanoborohydride was added. This mixture was heated for an additional 24 h before adding an additional 0.68 mL of benzaldehyde, 10 drops of glacial acetic acid and 0.63 g of sodium cyanoborohydride. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and the volatiles were removed in vacuo .
  • N 7 -Benzyl-2-chloro ⁇ l-methyl-N 7 -propyl-l.H-benzimidazol-7- amine A solution of 0.65 g (2.2 mmol) of 7- benzyl (propyl) amino-l-methyl-1, 3-dihydro-2H-benzimidazol-2- one in 10 mL of phosphorous oxychloride was heated to 100 °C. After stirring for 24 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and quenched with saturated sodium bicarbonate.
  • N 7 -Benzyl-.N 2 -mesityl-l-methyl-N 7 -propyl-l.H-benzimidazole- 2, 7-diamine A solution of 0.56 g (1.8 mmol) of N 7 -benzyl-2-chloro- l-methyl-N 7 -propyl-li ⁇ -benzimidazol-7-amine in 0.75 mL (5.4 mmol) of mesityl amine was heated to 130 °C. After stirring for 24 h, the mixture was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a tan solid.
  • N 2 -Mesityl-l-methyl-N 7 -propyl-li ⁇ -benzimidazole-2 , 7-diamine To a solution of 0.50 g (1.2 mmol) of N 7 -benzyl-N 2 - mesityl-l-methyl-N 7 -propyl-lu-benzimidazole-2 , 7-diamine in 30 mL of methanol was added 0.43 g (10 mol% Pd) of 20% Pearlman' s catalyst (50% wet). The reaction was kept under a hydrogen atmosphere via a balloon and stirred at room temperature for 48 h. The catalyst was removed via filtration and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo .
  • N 7 -Cyclopropylmethyl-N 2 -mesityl-l-methyl-lV 7 -propyl-l- ⁇ - benzimidazole-2 , 7-diamine To 0 . 041 g ( 0. 13 mmol) of N 2 -mesityl-l-methyl-N 7 - propyl-lH-benzimidazole-2, 7-diamine in 2 mL of methanol was added 95 ⁇ L (1.3 mmol) of cyclopropane carboxaldehyde, 200 ⁇ L of glacial acetic acid and 0.032 g (0.51 mmol) of sodium cyanoborohydride. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h.
  • Imidazo [1, 2-a]pyridin-5-amine 2, 6-diaminopyridine (5.0g, 46 mmol) and chloroacetaldehyde (50% wt. soln in water, 6.4 mL, 50 mmol) were dissolved in absolute EtOH (120 mL) . The solution was heated at 75 °C for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled and concentrated via rotavap. The residue was taken up in saturated NaHC0 3 and EtOAc. The solution was extracted with EtOAc (3 times), dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated to give a brown solid. 4.85g isolated (80% yield) .
  • N,IV-Dipropylimidazo [1, 2-a] pyridin-5-amine Imidazo [1, 2-a] pyridin-5-amine (4.85g, 36 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (72 mL) . Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 5.8g, 146 mmol) was added carefully. The mixture stirred for 0.5 hr. at room temperature. 1-Bromopropane
  • the crude solid was mixed with water and made basic with saturated potassium carbonate. The mixture was partioned with ethyl acetate and separated. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated onto silica gel and purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 75% hexanes/ethyl acetate mixture to give impure title compound. The impure material was slurried in hexanes and 0.065 g (20%) of the title compound was collected as a white solid.
  • N 7 -Butyl-N 2 -mesityl-N 7 - (4-methoxyphenyl) -1-methyl-lH- benzimidazole-2, 7-diamine A solution of 0.018 g (0.05 mmol) of N-butyl-2-chloro- N- (methoxyphenyl) -l-methyl-lH-benzimidazol-7-amine in 0.10 mL (0.73 mmol) of mesityl amine was heated to 130 °C.
  • Example 114-117 shown in Table 7 were prepared in a similar manner to that described previously in Example 1.
  • the crude, ozonide was transferred directly to a mixture of 7-amino-l- methyl-1, 3-dihydro-222-benzimidazol-2-one (0.5 g, 3.07 mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (0.05 g, Degussa type; 50% wet) .
  • the flask was fitted with a balloon of hydrogen and allowed to stir for 12 h.
  • the reaction was filtered through GF/F paper and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the residue was purified by column chromatography eluting with a 10% acetone/hexanes mixture to afford 597 mg (75%) of the title compound.
  • N- (4-Bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) -7- (2-ethyl-l- piperidinyl) -l-methyl-122-benzimidazol-2-amine A mixture of 2-chloro-7- (2-ethyl-l-piperidinyl) -1- methyl-122-benzimidazole (100 mg, 0.36 mmol) and 4-bromo-2- methoxy-6-methylaniline (390 mg, 1.8 mmol) was heated at 110 °C for 12 h. The mixture was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate in water, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum.
  • N 3 -Methylpyridine-3 4-diamine
  • 4-diamine in 150 mL of methanol was added 2 mL of Raney nickel (50% slurry in water) .
  • the reaction mixture was purged with hydrogen and then stirred under balloon pressure hydrogen overnight.
  • the catalyst was removed by filtration through GFF paper and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to a pink residue that solidified under high vacuum to give 2.90 g (100%) of the title compound.
  • Example 197 A compound of Example 197, shown in the Table 17, was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 193. Table 17
  • Example 198 A compound of Example 198, shown in the Table 18, was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 194. Table 18
  • Methyl 2- [ (4-bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) amino] -1- methyl-lI2-benzimidazole-7-carboxylate A mixture of 1.50 g (6.68 mmol) of methyl 2-chloro-l- methyl-122-benzimidazole-7-carboxylate and 2.89 g (13.4 mmol) of 4-bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenylamine was heated at 100 °C for five days. The cooled reaction was dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, water and brine. The organics were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo .
  • a test compound 100 nM was incubated with 1 ⁇ g of human CRF receptor expressing CHO cellular membrane fraction and 50 pM of 125 1- CRF in a binding assay buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, 5 mM EDTA, 10 mM MgCl 2 , 0.05% CHAPS, 0.1% BSA, 0.5 mM PMSF, 0.1 g/ml pepstatin, 20 ⁇ g/ml leupeptin, pH 7.5).
  • a binding assay buffer 50 mM Tris-HCl, 5 mM EDTA, 10 mM MgCl 2 , 0.05% CHAPS, 0.1% BSA, 0.5 mM PMSF, 0.1 g/ml pepstatin, 20 ⁇ g/ml leupeptin, pH 7.5.
  • 0.1 ⁇ M unlabelled human Urocortin was incubated with 1 ⁇ g of human CRF receptor expressing CHO cellular membrane fraction and 50 pM of 125 I-CRF in a binding assay buffer. After a binding reaction was carried out at room temperature for 1 hour, the membrane was entrapped on a glass filter (UniFilter plate GF-C/Perkin Elmer) by suction filtration using a cell harvester (Perkin Elmer) , and washed with ice-cooled 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5).
  • a glass filter UniFilter plate GF-C/Perkin Elmer
  • CRF antagonistic activity was obtained by measuring inhibition of Adenylate Cyclase activity induced by CRF. Measurement of intracellular cyclic AMP (cAMP) concentration was carried out using Alpha Screen Reagent (Perkin Elmer) according to the method described in the protocol attached to the reagent. Specifically, a human CRF receptor expressing CHO cell was inoculated on a 96- well plate at 40000 cells/well, cultured for 24 hours, the culture medium was sucked, and 1 ⁇ M of test compound and 100 ⁇ l of assay buffer (20 mM HEPES, Hanks' Balanced Salt Solution, 0.1% BSA, 100 ⁇ M IBMX, pH 7.2) containing 1 nM of human CRF were added.
  • assay buffer 20 mM HEPES, Hanks' Balanced Salt Solution, 0.1% BSA, 100 ⁇ M IBMX, pH 7.2

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)
  • Thiazole And Isothizaole Compounds (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)

Abstract

There is provided a CRF receptor antagonist comprising a compound of the formula (I): wherein, ring A is a 5-membered ring represented by the formula (A'): wherein X is a carbon and X1 is an oxygen, a sulfur or - NR 5-, or formula (A'): wherein X is a nitrogen and R6 is an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl, R1 is an amino substituted by two optionally substituted hydrocarbyl groups, R2 is an phenyl, Y1 is CR3a or a nitrogen, Y2 is CR3b or a nitrogen and Y3 is CR3C or a nitrogen, provided that one or less of Y1, Y2, and Y3 is nitrogen, W is a bond, -(CH2)n-, and Z is a bond, -NR 4-, etc.; or a salt thereof or a prodrug thereof.

Description

DESCRIPTION
NITROGEN-CONTAINING FUSED HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Field of the Invention The present invention relates to novel nitrogen- containing fused heterocyclic compounds having CRF (corticotropin releasing factor) antagonistic activity and pharmaceutical compositions containing them.
Background Art Corticotropin-releasing factor (hereinafter, abbreviated as "CRF") is a neuropeptide composed of 41 amino acids, and was isolated and purified as a peptide promoting release of adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH) from pituitary gland. First, the structure thereof was determined from sheep hypothalamus and, thereafter, the presence thereof was confirmed also in a rat or a human, and the structure thereof was determined [Science, 213,
1394(1981); Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA, 80, 4851(1983); EMBO J. 5, 775(1983)]. An amino acid sequence is the same in a human and a rat, but differed in 7 amino acids in ovine. CRF is synthesized as a carboxy-terminal of prepro CRF, cut and secreted. The CRF peptide and a mRNA thereof are present at the largest amount in hypothalamus and pituitary gland, and are widely distributed in a brain such as cerebral cortex, cerebellum, hippocampus and corpus amygdaloideum. In addition, in peripheral tissues, the existence has been confirmed in placenta, adrenal gland, lung, liver, pancreas, skin and digestive tract [J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab., 65, 176(1987); J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab., 67, 768(1988); Regul . Pept., 18, 173(1987), Peptides, 5 (Suppl. 1), 71(1984)]. A CRF receptor is a 7- transmembrane G protein-coupled receptor, and two subtypes of CRFl and CRF2 are present. It is reported that CRF1 is present mainly in cerebral cortex, cerebellum, olfactory bulb, pituitary gland and tonsil nucleus. On the other hand, the CRF2 receptor has two subtypes of CRF2 and CRF2β. It was made clear that the CRF2α receptor is distributed much in hypothalamus, septal area and choroids plexus, and the CRF2β receptor is present mainly in peripheral tissues such as skeletal muscle and is distributed in a blood vessel in a brain [J. Neurosci. 15, 6340(1995); Endocrinology, 137, 72(1996); Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1352, 129(1997)]. Since each receptor differs in distribution in a living body, it is suggested that a role thereof is also different [Trends. Pharmacol. Sci. 23, 71(2002)]. As a physiological action of CRF, the action on the endocrine system is known in which CRF is produced and secreted in response to stress in hypothalamus and acts on pituitary gland to promote the release of ACTH [Recent Prog, Horm. Res., 39, 245(1983)]. In addition to the action on the endocrine system, CRF acts as a neurotransmitter or a neuroregulating factor in a brain, and integrates electrophysiology, autonomic nerve and conducts to stress [Brain Res. Rev., 15, 71(1990); Pharmacol. Rev., 43, 425(1991)]. When CRF is administered in a cerebral ventricle of experimental animal such as a rat, anxiety conduct is observed, and much more anxiety conduct is observed in a CRF-overexpressing mouse as compared with a normal animal [Brain Res., 574, 70(1992); J. Neurosci., 10,
176(1992); J. Neurosci., 14, 2579(1994)]. In addition, α- helical CRF (9-41) of a peptidergic CRF receptor antagonist exerts an anti-anxiety action in an animal model [Brain Res., 509, 80(1990); J. Neurosci., 14, 2579(1994)]. A blood pressure, a heart rate and a body temperature of a rat are increased by stress or CRF administration, but the α-helical CRF (9-41) of a peptidergic CRF antagonist inhibits the increase in a blood pressure, a heart rate and a body temperature due to stress [J. Physiol., 460, 221(1993)]. The α-helical CRF(9-41) of a peptidergic CRF receptor antagonist inhibits abnormal conducts due to withdrawal of a dependent drug such as an alcohol and a cocaine [Psychopharmacology, 103, 227(1991); Pharmacol. Rev.53, 209(2001)]. In addition, it has been reported that learning and memory are promoted by CRF administration in a rat [Nature, 375, 284(1995); Neuroendocrinology, 57, 1071(1993); Eur. J. Pharmacol., 405, 225(2000)]. Since CRF is associated with stress response in a living body, there are clinical reports regarding stress- associated depression or anxiety. The CRF concentration in a cerebrospinal fluid of a depression patient is higher as compared with that of a normal person [Am. J. Psychiatry, 144, 873(1987)], and the mRNA level of CRF in hypothalamus of a depression patient is increased as compared with that of a normal person [Am. J. Psychiatry, 152, 1372(1995)]. A CRF binding site of cerebral cortex of a patient who suicided by depression is decreased [Arch. Gen. Psychiatry, 45, 577(1988)]. The increase in the plasma ACTH concentration due to CRF administration is small in a depression patient [N. Engl. J. Med., 314, 1329(1986)]. In a patient with panic disorder, the increase of plasma ACTH concentration due to CRF administration is small [Am. J. Psychiatry, 143, 896(1986)]. The CRF concentration in a cerebrospinal fluid of a patient with anxiety induced by stress such as obsessive-compulsive neurosis, post-psychic trauma stress disorder, Tourette' s syndrome and the like is higher as compared with that of a normal person [Arch. Gen. Psychiatry, 51, 794(1994); Am. J. Psychiatry, 154, 624(1997); Biol. Psychiatry, 39, 776(1996)]. The CRF concentration in a cerebrospinal fluid of schizophrenics is higher as compared with that of a normal person [Brain Res., 437, 355(1987); Neurology, 37, 905(1987)]. Thus, it has been reported that there is abnormality in the living body response system via CRF in stress-associated mental disease. The action of CRF on the endocrine system can be presumed by the characteristics of CRF gene-introduced animal and actions in an experimental animal. In a CRF- overexpressing mouse, excessive secretions of ACTH and adrenal cortex steroid occur, and abnormalities analogous to Cushing' s syndrome such as atrophy of muscle, alopecia, infertility and the like are observed [Endorcrinology, 130, 3378(1992)]. CRF inhibits ingestion in an experimental animal such as a rat [Life Sci., 31, 363 (1982);
Neurophamacology, 22, 337(1983)]. In addition, α-helical CRF (9-41) of a peptidergic CRF antagonist inhibited decrease of ingestion due to stress loading in an experimental model [Brain Res. Bull., 17, 285(1986)]. CRF inhibited weight gain in a hereditary obesity animal
[Physiol. Behav., 45, 565(1989)]. In a nervous orexia inactivity patient, the increase of ACTH in plasma upon CRF administration is small [J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab., 62, 319(1986)]. It has been suggested that a low CRF value is associated with obesity syndrome [Endocrinology, 130, 1931(1992)]. There has been suggested a possibility that ingestion inhibition and weight loss action of a serotonin reuptake inhibiting agent are exerted via release of CRF [Pharmacol. Rev., 43, 425(1991)]. CRF is centrally or peripherally associated with the digestive tract movement involved in stress or inflammation [Am. J. Physiol. Gastrointest . Liver Physiol. 280, G315(2001)]. CRF acts centrally or peripherally, weakens the shrinkablity of stomach, and decreases the gastric excreting ability [Regulatory Peptides, 21, 173(1988); Am.
J. Physiol., 253, G241(1987)]. In addition, α-helical CRF (9-41) of a peptidergic CRF antagonist has a restoring action for hypofunction of stomach by abdominal operation [Am. J. Physiol., 258, G152(1990)]. CRF inhibits secretion of a bicarbonate ion in stomach, decreases gastric acid secretion and inhibits ulcer due to cold restriction stress
[Am. J. Physiol., 258, G152(1990)]. Furthermore, α-helical CRF (9-41) of a peptidergic CRF antagonist shows the inhibitory action on gastric acid secretion decrease, gastric excretion decrease, small intestinal transport decrease and large intestinal transport enhancement due to restriction stress [Gastroenterology, 95, 1510(1988)]. In a healthy person, mental stress increases a gas and abdominal pain due to anxiety and intestine dilation, and CRF decreases a threshold of discomfort [Gastroenterology, 109, 1772(1995); Neurogastroenterol . Mot., 8, 9 [1996]. In a irritable bowel syndrome patient, large intestinal movement is excessively enhanced by CRF administration as compared with a healthy person [Gut, 42, 845(1998)]. It has been reported from studies on experimental animals and clinical studies that CRF is induced by inflammation and is involved in a inflammatory reaction. In an inflammatory site of an experimental animal and in a joint fluid of a rheumatoid arthritis patient, production of CRF is topically increased [Science, 254, 421(1991); J. Clin. Invest., 90, 2555(1992); J. Immunol., 151, 1587(1993)]. CRF induces degranulation of a mast cell and enhances the blood vessel permeability [Endocrinology, 139, 403(1998); J.Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 288, 1349(1999)]. CRF can be detected also in a thyroid gland of ' autoimmune thyroiditis- patient [Am. J. Pathol. 145, 1159(1994)]. When CRF is administered to an experimental autoimmune cerebrospinal meningitis rat, the progression of symptom such as paralysis was remarkably inhibited [J. Immunil., 158, 5751(1997)]. In a rat, the immune response activity such as T-lymphocyte proliferation and the natural killer cell activity is reduced by CRF administration or stress loading [Endocrinology, 128, 1329(1991)]. From the above-mentioned reports, it is expected that the CRF receptor antagonistic compound would exert an excellent effect for treating or preventing various diseases in which CRF is involved. As a CRF antagonist, for example, peptide CRF receptor antagonists are reported in which a part of an amino acid sequence of CRF or associated peptides of a human or other mammals is altered or deleted, and they are reported to show a pharmacological action such as ACTH release- inhibiting action and anti-anxiety action [Science, 224, 889(1984); J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 269, 564(1994); Brain Res. Rev., 15, 71(1990)]. However, from a pharmacokinetic point of view such as chemical stability and absorbability for oral administration in a living body, bioavailability and intracerebral transferability, peptide derivatives have a low utility value as a medicine.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION According to the present invention, there is provided: (1) A compound represented by the formula (I) :
Figure imgf000010_0001
wherein, ring A is a 5-membered ring represented by the formula (A* ) :
Figure imgf000011_0001
wherein X is a carbon and X1 is an oxygen, a sulfur or - NR5- (wherein R5 is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl) , or formula (A"):
Figure imgf000011_0002
wherein X is a nitrogen and Rδ is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl;
R1 is (1) an amino substituted by two substituents selected from an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group and an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or (2) an optionally substituted cyclic amino, provided that the amino nitrogen of said cyclic amino has no carbonyl adjacent to the nitrogen;
R2 is an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heterocyclic;
Y1, Y2 and Y3 are each an optionally substituted methyne or a nitrogen, provided that one or less of Y1, Y2 and Y3 is nitrogen;
W is a bond, -(CH2)n- or -(CH2)m-C0- (wherein n is an integer of 1 to 4 and m is an integer of 0 to 4) ; Z is a bond, -CO-, an oxygen, a sulfur, -SO-, -S02-, -NR4-, -NR4-alk-, -CONR4- or -NR4CO- (wherein alk is an optionally substituted C1-4 alkylene and R4 is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl) ; provided that (i) the compound wherein ring A is the 5- membered ring, of the formula A' (wherein X is a carbon and X1 is a sulfur) , W is a bond, Z is -NHCO- or -CONH-, and Y1 is CR3a (wherein R3a is a hydrogen, a halogen, or an alkoxy) and (ii) the compound wherein ring A is the 5-membered ring of the formula A' (wherein X is a carbon and X1 is an oxygen, a sulfur, or -NH-) , R1 is an optionally substituted 1- piperazinyl, W is a bond, Z is a bond and R2 is an optionally substituted aryl, are excluded; or a salt thereof; (2) A prodrug of the compound according to the above- mentioned (1) ; (3) The compound according to the above-mentioned (1) wherein R1 is an amino substituted by two optionally substituted Cι_4 alkyl groups; (4) The compound according to the above-mentioned (1) wherein R1 is an amino substituted by an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl and an optionally substituted phenyl or optionally substituted heterocyclic; (5) The compound according to the above-mentioned (1) wherein R1 is a 5- or 6-membered cyclic amino which may be substituted with one or more substituents;
(6) The compound according to claim 1 wherein Y1 is CR3a, Y2 is CR3b, and Y3 is CR3c (wherein R3a, R3b and R3c are independently a hydrogen, a halogen, a nitro, an' optionally substituted C1-4 hydrocarbyl, an optionally substituted C1-4 hydrocarbyloxy, an optionally substituted C1-.4 hydrocarbylthio, an optionally substituted amino or an acyl containing up to 4 carbon atoms) ;
(7) The compound according to above-mentioned (1) wherein one of Y1, Y2 and Y3 is nitrogen;
(8) The compound according to the above-mentioned (1) wherein W is a bond; (9) The compound according to the above-mentioned (1) wherein R2 , is an optionally substituted C6-ιo aryl or an optionally substituted 5- or 10-membered heterocyclic;
(10) The compound according to the above-mentioned (1) wherein R2 is an optionally substituted phenyl or an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic;
(11) The compound according to the above-mentioned (1) wherein Z is -NR4- (wherein R4 is as defined in the above- mentioned (1) ) ; (12) The compound according to the above-mentioned (1) wherein ring A is a thiazole ring or an imidazole ring represented by the formula (Aa) :
Figure imgf000014_0001
wherein R5a is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted Cι_4 alkyl or an acyl containing up to 4 carbon atoms; (13) The compound according to the above-mentioned (1) wherein Y1 is CR3a, Y2 is CR3b, and Y3 is CR3c (wherein R3a, R3b and R3c is independently a hydrogen, a halogen or an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl) ; W is a bond; R2 is an optionally substituted phenyl or an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic; and Z is -NR4- (wherein R4 is a hydrogen or an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl) ; (14) The compound according to the above-mentioned (1) wherein Y1 is CR3a, Y2 is CR3b and Y3 is CR3c (wherein R3a, R3b and R3c are independently a hydrogen, a halogen, a nitro, an optionally substituted C1-4 hydrocarbyl, an optionally substituted Cι_ hydrocarbyloxy, an optionally substituted C1-4 hydrocarbylthio, an optionally substituted amino or an acyl containing up to 4 carbon atoms) ; W is a bond; R2 is an optionally substituted C6-ιo aryl or an optionally substituted 5- or 10-membered heterocyclic; and Z is -NR4- (wherein R4 is a hydrogen or an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl) ; and ring A is a thiazole ring or an imidazole ring represented by the formula (Aa) :
Figure imgf000015_0001
wherein R5a is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted Cι_4 alkyl, or an acyl containing up to 4 carbon atoms; (15) A method for treating or preventing a disease wherein a CRF receptor is implicated, which comprises administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound represented by the formula (la) :
Figure imgf000015_0002
wherein ring A is a 5-membered ring represented by the formula (A' ) :
Figure imgf000015_0003
wherein X is a carbon and X1 is an oxygen, a sulfur or - NR5- (wherein R5 is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl), or formula (A"):
Figure imgf000015_0004
wherein X is a nitrogen and R is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl;
Rla is (1) an amino substituted by two substituents selected from an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group and an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or (2) an optionally substituted cyclic amino;
R2 is an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heterocyclic; Y1, Y2 and Y3 are each an optionally substituted methyne. or a nitrogen, provided that one or less of Y1, Y2 and Y3 is nitrogen;
W is a bond, -(CH2)n- or -(CH2)m-CO-, wherein n is an integer of 1 to 4 and m is an integer of 0 to 4; Z is a bond, -CO-, an oxygen, a sulfur, -SO-, -S02-, -NR4-, -NR-alk-, -CONR4- or -NR4CO- (wherein alk is an optionally substituted Cι-4 alkylene and R4 is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl) ; provided that the compound wherein ring A is the 5-membered ring of the formula A' (wherein X is a carbon and X1 is a sulfur) , W is a bond, Z is -NHCO- or -CONH-, and Y1 is CR3a (wherein R3a is a halogen, or an alkoxy) is excluded; or a salt thereof; (16) The method according to the above-mentioned (15) wherein the disease being treated or prevented is selected from affective disorder, depression or anxiety; (17) Use of the compound (la) according to the above- mentioned (15) , or a salt thereof for manufacturing a 5 medicament for preventing or treating a disease wherein a CRF receptor is implicated; (18) Use of the compound (la) according to the above- mentioned (15) , or a salt thereof for manufacturing a medicament for preventing or treating affective disorder,
]_o depression or anxiety; (19) An agent for preventing or treating a disease wherein a CRF receptor is implicated, which comprises the compound (la) according to the above-mentioned (15) or a salt thereof; and
15 (20) An agent for preventing or treating affective disorder, depression or anxiety which comprises the compound (la) according to the above-mentioned (15) or a salt thereof.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS 20 ln the present specification, the term "hydrocarbyl" means a univalent group containing only carbon and hydrogen. In the above formulas, ring A of the formulas (I) and (la) is a 5-membered ring represented by the following formula A' or A":
Figure imgf000018_0001
In the formula (A'), X represents a carbon and X1 represents an oxygen, a sulfur or -NR5- (wherein R5 is a hydrogen or an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl) . That is, examples of the 5-membered ring of the formula (A') include an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring and an imidazole ring. Examples of the "hydrocarbyl" of "an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl" represented by R5 of the formula: -NR5- include an optionally substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an optionally substituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an optionally substituted alicyclic- aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon group, an optionally substituted aromatic-aliphatic hydrocarbon group (an aralkyl group) , and the like. Examples of said aliphatic hydrocarbon group include a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1-8 carbon atoms (e.g., alkyl group) such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl, octyl, etc.; and an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2-8 carbon atoms (e.g., alkenyl group, alkynyl group, alkadienyl group, alkadiynyl group, etc.) such as vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, 2-methyl-l-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2- butenyl, 3-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2- pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 4-methyl-3-pentenyl, 1- hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 5-hexenyl, 2,4- hexadienyl, 1-heptenyl, 1-octenyl, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2- propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, 1-pentynyl, 2- pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 4-pentynyl, 1-hexynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3- hexynyl, 4-hexynyl, 5-hexynyl, 2, 4-hexadiynyl, 1-heptynyl, 1-octynyl, etc. Examples of said alicyclic hydrocarbon group include a saturated alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3-7 carbon atoms (e.g., cycloalkyl group, etc.) such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and the like; an unsaturated alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3-7 carbon atoms (e.g., cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkadienyl group, etc.) such as 1-cyclopentenyl, 2-cyclopentenyl, 3- cyclopentenyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 2-cyclohexenyl, 3- cyclohexenyl, 1-cycloheptenyl, 2-cycloheptenyl, 3- cycloheptenyl, 2, 4-cycloheptadienyl, etc.; a partly saturated and fused bicyclic hydrocarbon group [preferably, Cg-io partly saturated and fused bicyclic hydrocarbon group, etc. (including those where the benzene ring is combined to 5- or 6-membered non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group) ] such as 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 1-indanyl, 2-indanyl, 1,2,3, 4-tetrahydro-l-naphthyl, 1,2, 3, 4-tetrahydro-2- naphthyl, 1, 2-dihydro-l-naphthyl, 1, 2-dihydro-2-naphthyl, 1,4-dihydro-l-naphthyl, 1, 4-dihydro-2-naphthyl, 3,4- dihydro-1-naphthyl, 3, 4-dihydro-2-naphthyl, etc.; and the like. Said alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be cross-linked. Examples of said alicyclic-aliphatic hydrocarbon group include those where the above-mentioned alicyclic hydrocarbon group and the above-mentioned aliphatic hydrocarbon group are combined, for example, those having 4-14 carbon atoms such as cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, 2-cyclopentenylmethyl, 3- cyclopentenylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 2- cyclohexenylmethyl, 3-cyclohexenylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cycloheptylmethyl, cycloheptylethyl, 2- (3, 4-dihydro-2- naphtyl) ethyl, 2- (1, 2, 3, 4-tetrahydro-2-naphtyl) ethyl, 2- (3, 4-dihydro-2-naphtyl) ethenyl, etc. (e.g., C3_ cycloalkyl- Ci_4 alkyl group, C3_7 cycloalkenyl-Cι-4 alkyl group, C3_7 cycloalkyl-C2-4 alkenyl group, C3- cycloalkenyl-C2-4 alkenyl group, Cg-io partly saturated and fused bicyclic hydrocarbon-Ci-4 alkyl group, Cg-io partly saturated and fused bicyclic hydrocarbon-C2-4 alkenyl groups, etc.). Examples of said aromatic hydrocarbon group include an aryl group having 6-10 carbon atoms (including that where a 5- to 6-membered non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring is fused with phenyl group) such as phenyl, α-naphthyl, β-naphthyl, 4-indenyl, 5-indenyl, 4-indanyl, 5-indanyl, 5,6,7,8- tetrahydro-1-naphthyl, 5, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-2-naphthyl, 5, 6- dihydro-1-naphthyl, 5, 6-dihydro-2-naphthyl, 5, 6-dihydro-3- naphthyl, 5, 6-dihydro-4-naphthyl, etc.; and the like. Examples of said aromatic-aliphatic hydrocarbon group include an aralkyl group having 7-14 carbon atoms (C60 aryl-Cι_4 alkyl group) such as phenyl-Cι-4 alkyl group, e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, 1-phenylethyl, 1-phenylpropyl, 2- phenylpropyl, 3-phenylpropyl, etc.; naphthyl-Cι_4 alkyl group such as α-naphthylmethyl, α-naphthylethyl, β- naphthylmethyl, β-naphthylethyl, etc.; C6-ιo aryl-C2- alkenyl group such as phenyl-C2-4 alkenyl group, e.g., styryl, cinnamyl, etc.; and the like. The above-mentioned "hydrocarbyl" group may have a substituent at a substitutable position. Examples of such substituent include a halogen, nitro, cyano, oxo, (1) an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, (2) an optionally substituted sulfinyl group, (3) an optionally substituted sulfonyl group, (4) optionally substituted hydroxyl group, (5) optionally substituted thiol group, (6) an optionally substituted amino group, (7) an acyl group, (8) an optionally esterified or amidated carboxyl group, (9) an optionally substituted phosphoryl group, or the like. Examples of the substituent of above-mentioned (2) an optionally substituted sulfinyl group, (3) an optionally substituted sulfonyl group, (4) optionally substituted hydroxyl group, (5) optionally substituted thiol group and (6) an optionally substituted amino group include an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl. Examples of "hydrocarbyl" of such optionally substituted hydrocarbyl include those exemplified above. Such hydrocarbyl may be substituted by one or more substituents at a substitutable position. Examples of the substituent group of the optionally substituted hydrocarbyl as a substituent group include halogen, nitro, cyano, hydroxyl, thiol, amino and carboxyl . As the optionally substituted sulfinyl group of above- mentioned (2), specifically, Cι_6 alkylsulfinyl (e.g., methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, propylsulfinyl, butylsulfinyl etc.) and C60 arylsulfinyl (e.g., phenylsulfinyl, naphthylsulfinyl etc.) are exemplified. As the optionally substituted sulfonyl group of above- mentioned (3), specifically, Cι_6 alkylsulfonyl (e.g., methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, propylsulfonyl, butylsulfonyl etc.) and Cε-io arylsulfonyl (e.g., phenylsulfonyl, naphthylsulfonyl etc.) are exemplified. As the optionally substituted hydroxyl group of above- mentioned (4), specifically, hydroxyl, Cι_6 alkoxy (e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, t-butoxy, n-pentyloxy, isopentyloxy, neopentyloxy, etc.) and C6-ιo aryloxy (e.g., phenoxy, naphthoxy, etc.) are exemplified. As the optionally substituted thiol group of above- mentioned (5), specifically, thiol, Cι-6 alkylthio (e.g., methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, etc.) and C6-ιo arylthio (e.g., phenylthio, naphthylthio etc.) are exemplified. As the optionally substituted amino group of above- mentioned (6), specifically, amino, mono-Cι-6 alkylamino (e.g., methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino, isopropylamino, butylamino etc.), di-Cι-6 alkylamino (e.g., dimethylamino, diethylamino, ethylmethylamino, dipropylamino, diisopropylamino, dibutylamino etc.), and the like are exemplified. Examples of the acyl group of above-mentioned (7) include the same group as the acyl for R5. Examples of the ester group or amide group of the optionally esterified or amidated carboxyl group of above- mentioned (8) include ester group with the same optionally substituted hydrocarbyl as the substituent of optionally substituted hydroxyl group of above-mentioned (4) or amide group with optionally substituted amino group of above- mentioned (6) . As the optionally esterified carboxyl group, specifically, carboxyl, Cι_6 alkoxy-carbonyl (e.g., methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, tert- butoxycarbonyl etc.), C6-ιo aryloxy-carbonyl (e.g., phenoxycarbonyl etc.), C-ιe aralkyloxy-carbonyl (e.g., benzyloxycarbonyl, phenetyloxycarbonyl etc.), and the like are exemplified. As the optionally amidated carboxyl group, specifically, carbamoyl, mono-C_6 alkyl-carbamoyl (e.g., methylcarbamoyl, ethylcarbamo'yl etc.), di-Cι_6 alkyl- carbamoyl (e.g., dimethylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl, ethylmethylcarbamoyl etc.), C6-ιo aryl-carbamoyl (e.g., phenylcarbamoyl, 1-naphthylcarbamoyl, 2-naphthylcarbamoyl etc.), 5- to 6-membered heterocyclic carbamoyl (e.g., 2- pyridylcarbamoyl, 3-pyridylcarbamoyl, 4-pyridylcarbamoyl, 2-thienylcarbamoyl, 3-thienylcarbamoyl etc.), and the like are exemplified. Examples of the "acyl" represented by R5 of the formula : -NR5- include a formyl and a group where the carbonyl group is combined with a Cι_ι0 alkyl group, a C20 alkenyl group, a C2-ιo alkynyl group, a C3_7 cycloalkyl group, a C5_7 cycloalkenyl group or an aromatic group (e.g., phenyl group, pyridyl group, etc.) (e.g., acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobytyryl, valeryl, isovaleryl, pivaloyl, hexanoyl, heptanoyl, octanoyl, cyclobutanecarbonyl, cyclopentanecarbonyl, cyclohexanecarbonyl, cycloheptanecarbonyl, crotonyl, 2-cyclohexenecarbonyl, benzoyl, etc.) and the like. R5 is preferably hydrogen, Cι_ι0 alkyl, C2-ιo alkenyl, C2-ιo alkynyl, and more preferably hydrogen, Cι_ι0 alkyl. In the formula (A"), X represents a nitrogen and R6 represents a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl . Examples of the "optionally substituted hydrocarbyl" and "acyl" represented by Rδ include the same groups as those exemplified with respect to the optionally substituted hydrocarbyl and acyl in R5. R6 is preferably hydrogen, Cι-10 alkyl, C2-ιo alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, and more preferably hydrogen, Cι_ι0 alkyl. R1 and Rla in the formula (I) and (la) are (1) an amino substituted by two substituents selected from an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group and an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or (2) an optionally substituted cyclic amino, provided that the cyclic amino has no carbonyl adjacent to the nitrogen in the formula (I). Examples of the "optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group" in the "amino substituted by two substituents selected from an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group and an optionally substituted heterocyclic group" include the same groups as those exemplified with respect to the optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group of R5. Examples of the "optionally substituted heterocyclic group" in the "amino substituted by two substituents selected from an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group and an optionally substituted heterocyclic group" include the same groups as those exemplified below with respect to the optionally substituted heterocyclic group of R . Examples of the "cyclic amino" in the "optionally substituted cyclic amino" include, for example, a 3- to 7- membered cyclic amino group such as aziridino, pyrrolidino, imidazolidino, oxazolidino, thiazolidino, piperidino, 1,2- dihydropyridyl, 1, 2, 3, 6-tetrahydropyridyl, piperazino, morpholino, thiomorpholino and the like. The cyclic amino group may be substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, Cι_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, Cι_6 alkoxy-Cι_6 alkyl, C5_7 cycloalkyl, C6-ιo aryl (said aryl may have 1 or 2 substituents selected from halogen, Cι-6 alkyl, halogeno Cι-6 alkyl and Cι_6 alkoxy) , C7_
14 aralkyl (said aralkyl may have 1 or 2 substituents selected from halogen, Cι_6 alkyl, halogeno Cι_6 alkyl and Cι-6 alkoxy) , hydroxy, hydroxy-Cι-6 alkyl, Cδ-io aryloxy (said aryloxy may have 1 or 2 substituents selected from halogen, Cι_6 alkyl, halogeno Cχ-6 alkyl and Cι_6 alkoxy) , C7-i4 aralkyloxy, Cβ-io aryl-carbonyl, carboxyl, Cι_6 alkoxy- carbonyl, carbamoyl, C6-10 aryl-carbamoyl, amino, C6-10 aryl- carbonylamino, Cι_6 alkyl-carbonylamino, Cι_6 alkoxy- carbonylamino, C6-ιo arylthio, C6-ιo arylsulfonyl, cyano, 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic group and oxo (provided that the oxo group is not substituted at the position adjacent to the nitrogen bonded to W of formula (I)) . Among these, R1 and Rla in the formula (I) and (la) are preferably an amino substituted by two substituents selected from optionally substituted Cι_4 alkyl and optionally substituted phenyl, more preferably amino substituted by' two optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl groups. Preferred examples of the optionally substituted C1-.4 alkyl and optionally substituted phenyl are those unsubstituted or those substituted with a group selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, C1-4 alkoxy; amino, mono- or di- C1-4 alkyl amino; halogen; and pyridyl. R2 in the formula (I) and (la) are alkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted, cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heterocyclic. Examples of the "alkyl" for R2 include a Cχ-8 alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl, octyl, etc. Examples of the "cycloalkyl" for "optionally substituted cycloalkyl" of R2 include a C3-7 cycloalkyl group such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and the like. Examples of the "cycloalkenyl" for the "optionally substituted cycloalkenyl" of R2 include a C3_7 cycloalkenyl group such as 1-cyclopentenyl, 2-cyclopentenyl, 3- cyclopentenyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 2-cyclohexenyl, 3-- cyclohexenyl, 1-cycloheptenyl, 2-cycloheptenyl, 3- cycloheptenyl, etc. Examples of the "aryl" for the "optionally substituted aryl" of R2 include an aryl group having 6-10 carbon atoms (including that where a 5- to 6-membered non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring is fused with phenyl group) such as phenyl, α-naphthyl, β-naphthyl, 4-indenyl, 5-indenyl, 4-indanyl, 5- indanyl, 5, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-l-naphthyl, 5, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro- 2-naphthyl, 5, 6-dihydro-l-naphthyl, 5, 6-dihydro-2-naphthyl, 5, 6-dihydro-3-naphthyl, 5, 6-dihydro-4-naphthyl, etc.; and the like. Examples of the "heterocyclic" for the "optionally substituted heterocyclic" of R2 include (i) a 5- to 7- membered heterocyclic group containing one sulfur atom, one nitrogen atom or one oxygen atom, (ii) a 5- to 6-membered heterocyclic group containing 2-4 nitrogen atoms, and (iii) a 5- to 6-membered heterocyclic group containing 1-2 nitrogen atoms and one sulfur or oxygen atom, or the like. In addition, each of the heterocyclic groups exemplified in (i) to (iii) may be a saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group and the unsaturated heterocyclic group may be either aromatic or non-aromatic. Examples of the heterocyclic for an optionally substituted heterocyclic of R2 include an aromatic monocyclic heterocyclic group and a non-aromatic heterocyclic group. Specific examples of the heterocyclic for an optionally substituted heterocyclic include (i) an aromatic monocyclic heterocyclic group (e.g., furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 1, 2, 3-oxadiazolyl, 1, 2, 4-oxadiazolyl, 1, 3, 4-oxadiazolyl, furazanyl, 1, 2, 3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4- thiadiazolyl, 1, 3, 4-thiadiazolyl, 1, 2, 3-triazolyl, 1,2,4- triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, etc.) and (ii) a non-aromatic, heterocyclic group (e.g., oxiranyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, thiolanyl, piperidyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, etc.). The above-mentioned "cycloalkyl", "cycloalkenyl", "aryl" and "heterocyclic" in R2 may have the same substituent as those exemplified with respect to the optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group of R5 and further may have the same group as optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group of R5 as their substituent. In addition, two of the substituents of R2 may be combined each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring include, for example, an aromatic fused heterocyclic group such as 8- to 12-membered aromatic fused heterocyclic group (preferably, heterocyclic group consisting of the above- mentioned 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclic group fused with a benzene ring or heterocyclic group consisting of the above-mentioned 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclic group fused with the same or different above-mentioned 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclic group), etc. (e.g. benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzothienyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, 1H- indazolyl, benzindazolyl, benzoxazolyl, 1,2- benzoisooxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzopyranyl, 1,2- benzoisothiazolyl, lH-benzotriazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, cinnolinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, purinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, α- carbolinyl, β-carbolinyl, γ-carbolinyl, acridinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenazinyl, phenoxathinyl, thianthrenyl, phenanthridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, indolizinyl, pyrrolo [1, 2-b] pyridazinyl, pyrazolo [1, 5-a] pyridyl, imidazo [1, 2-a] pyridyl, imidazo [1, 5-a] pyridyl, imidazo [1,2- b] pyridazinyl, imidazo [1, 2-a] pyrimidinyl, 1,2,4- triazolo [4, 3-a] pyridyl, 1,2, 4-triazolo [4, 3-b] pyridazinyl, etc. ) ; etc. Among these, R2 is preferably an optionally substituted phenyl or an optionally substituted 5- to 6- membered heterocyclic group. In the formula (I) and (la) , Y1 is CR3a or a nitrogen, Y2 is CR3b or a nitrogen, and Y3 is CR3c or a nitrogen (wherein R3a, R3b and R3c are independently a hydrogen, a halogen, a nitro, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyloxy, an optionally
- substituted hydrocarbylthio, an optionally substituted amino or an acyl) , provided that one or less of Y1, Y2, and Y3 is nitrogen. The 6-membered ring with Y1, Y2 and Y3 of the formula (I) and (la) is a ring containing one or less nitrogen atom such as benzene ring and pyridine ring. Examples of halogen include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, and the like, preferably, fluorine and chlorine. Examples of the "optionally substituted hydrocarbyl" in R3a, R3b and R3c include the same groups as those exemplified with respect to the optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group of R5. Examples of the hydrocarbyl for said "optionally substituted hydrocarbyloxy" and "optionally substituted hydrocarbylthio" of R3a, R3b and R3c include the same groups as those exemplified with respect to the optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group of R5. Examples of the "optionally substituted amino" for R3a, R3b and R3c include amino group, an N-mono-substituted amino group, and an N, N-di-substituted amino group. Examples of said substituted amino groups include that having one or two substituents of an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group (e.g., a Cι_8 alkyl group, a C3-7 cycloalkyl group, a C_8 alkenyl group, a C2_8 alkynyl group, a C3-7 cycloalkenyl group, a C6-ιo aryl group that may have a Cι_ alkyl group, etc.), an optionally substituted heterocyclic group (e.g., the same group as an optionally substituted heterocyclic group of R2) , or the formula: -COR3 (wherein R3d represents hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group or an optionally substituted heterocyclic group. As for "the hydrocarbyl group" or "the heterocyclic group" in "an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group" or "an optionally substituted heterocyclic group" of R3d may have the same substituent as that of "the hydrocarbyl group" or "the heterocyclic group" in "an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl" of R5 or "an optionally substituted heterocyclic" of R2) , preferably a Cι-ιo acyl group (e.g., a C2_7 alkanoyl, benzoyl, nicotinoyl, etc.). Specific examples thereof include methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, diethylamino, dipropylamino, dibutylamino, diallylamino, cyclohexylamino, phenylamino, N-methyl-N- phenylamino, acetylamino, propionylamino, benzoylamino, nicotinoylamino, and the like. In addition, the two groups in said substituted amino groups may be combined to form a nitrogen-containing 5- to 7-membered ring (e.g., piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, thiomorpholino, etc.). Examples of the acyl for R3a, R3b and R3c include the same groups as those exemplified with respect to the acyl for R5. In the formula (I) and (la), Y1, Y2 and Y3 are preferably CR3a, CR3b and CR3c respectively. R3 , R3b and R3c are preferably hydrogen, C1-.4 alkyl and Cι_4 alkoxy. In the formula (I) and (la), W is a bond, -(CH2)n- or -(CH2)m-C0-, and n is 1-4 and m is 0-4. Preferably, W is a bond. In the formula (I) and (la) , Z is a bond, -CO-, an oxygen, a sulfur, -SO-, -S02-, -NR4-, -NR4-alk-, -CONR4- or -NR4C0- . Said alk is an optionally substituted C1-4 alkylene such as methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene and the like . R4 is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl. The "optionally substituted hydrocarbyl" and "acyl" for R4 include the same groups as those exemplified with respect to the optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group and acyl for R5. Preferably, Z is -NR4- (wherein R4 is as defined above). Preferred examples of R4 are hydrogen and C1-4 alkyl. When Z is a bond, the fused ring of the formula (I) is preferably an imidazopyridine ring. Provided that the compounds wherein ring A is the 5- membered ring of the formula A' (wherein X is a carbon and X1 is a sulfur) , W is a bond, Z is -NHCO- or -CONH- and Y1 is CR3a (wherein R3a is a hydrogen, a halogen or an alkoxy) are excluded from the compounds of the formula (I) and (la) , and further the compounds wherein ring A is the 5-membered ring of the formula A' (wherein X is a carbon and X1 is an oxygen, a sulfur or -NH-) , R1 is an optionally substituted 1-piperazinyl, W is a bond, Z is a bond, R2 is an optionally substituted aryl) are excluded from the compounds of the formula (I) . As a preferred compound of the formula (I) and (la) , a compound wherein Y1 is CR3a, Y2 is CR3b and Y3 is CR3c (wherein R3a, R3b and R3c are independently a hydrogen, a halogen or an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl) ; W is a bond; R2 is an optionally substituted phenyl or an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic; and Z is -NR4- (wherein R4 is a hydrogen or an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl) are exemplified. Compound (I) or (la) may be in the form of a prodrug thereof. The prodrug of Compound (I) or (la) refers to a compound that is converted into Compound (I) or (la) by a reaction with an enzyme, gastric acid, or the like under a physiological condition in the living body, namely, (i) a compound that is converted into Compound (I) or (la) by an enzymatic oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, or the like, and (ii) a compound that is converted into Compound (I) or (la) by hydrolysis with gastric acid or the like. Examples of a prodrug of Compound (I) or (la) to be used include a compound or its salt wherein hydroxyl group in Compound (I) or (la) is acylated, alkylated, phosphorylated, or converted into borate (e.g., a compound or its salt wherein hydroxyl group in Compound (I) or (la) is converted into acetyloxy, palmitoyloxy, propanoyloxy, pivaloyloxy, succinyloxy, fumaryloxy, alanyloxy, dimethylaminomethylcarbonyloxy, etc.), a compound or its salt wherein carboxyl group in Compound (I) or (la) is esterified or amidated (e.g., a compound or its salt wherein carboxyl group in Compound (I) or (la) is subjected to ethyl esterification, phenyl esterification, carboxyoxymethyl esterification, dimethylaminomethyl esterification, pivaloyloxymethyl esterification, ethoxycarbonyloxyethyl esterification, phthalidyl esterification, (5-methyl-2-oxo-l, 3-dioxolan-4-yl) methyl esterification, cyclohexyloxycarbonyl esterification, or conversion into the methyl amide, etc.), or the like. These prodrugs can be produced according to a per se known method or its modified method. Further, a prodrug of Compound (I) or (la) may be a compound or its salt that is converted into Compound (I) or (la) under physiological conditions as described in
"Development of Drugs", Volume 7, Molecular Design,
Hirokawa Shoten, 1990; pages 163-198.
General synthetic method Production of a compound of formula (I) or a salt thereof of the present invention is discussed below. The following examples are given to illustrate the invention and are not intended to be inclusive in any manner. Alternative methods may be employed by one skilled in the art. A process for preparing compound (I) or a salt thereof of the present invention is shown in the following Methods
A toE. (Method A)
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000036_0001
(H) (III) (Step B-2) (la) wherein Rla, Rlb are independently optionally substituted hydrocarbyl groups, or Rla and Rlb may be optionally substituted cyclic form, Rlaa, Rlbb, Rlcc and Rldd are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted hydrocarbyl groups, or Rlaa and Rlbb or Rlcc and Rldd may be optionally substituted cyclic form, L1 is a leaving group (e.g. halogen atom such as chlorine, bromine and iodine, etc, sulfonyloxy group such as p-toluenesulfonyloxy group, methanesulfonyloxy group and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group, and acyloxy group such as acetyloxy group and benzoyloxy group) and each of other symbols has a meaning defined above. In step A, compound (III) or a salt thereof can be prepared by hydrogenation of compound (II) or a salt thereof in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst, or prepared by a reduction reaction for compound (II) or a salt thereof. As the catalyst, a palladium catalyst such as palladium black, palladium oxide, palladium barium sulfate, palladium on carbon, palladium hydroxide, a platinum catalyst such as platinum black, platinum oxide and platinum on carbon, or nickel catalyst such as reduced nickel, oxidized nickel, Raney nickel are used. In the present reaction, if needed, any solvents can be used as long as they do not inhibit the reaction. Inter alia, alcohols (e.g. C1-3 alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, propanol and the like), ethers (diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, etc.), or esters (ethyl acetate, etc.) are preferable. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. The reaction temperature is 0 °C to 200 °C, preferably 20 °C to 100 °C. The reaction time is usually 0.5 to 48 hours, preferably 1 to 16 hours. While a reaction is usually performed at atmospheric pressure, it can be performed under pressure (3 to 10 atom) if necessary. While the amount of a catalyst employed may vary depending on the type of the catalyst employed, it is usually 0.1 to 20% by weight based on an active intermediate or a salt thereof. Compound (III) or a salt thereof can be also prepared by reduction of compound (II) or a salt thereof. A reducing agent is preferably Fe, Zn, Sn or SnCl2. This reaction may be performed under acidic conditions. An acid employed in this reduction may for example be an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and nitric acid, etc., and an ordinary organic acid such as formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and methanesulfonic acid, etc. as well as a Lewis acid. A reaction solvent may for example be alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, etc., ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, etc., aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, etc., esters such as ethyl acetate, etc., halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, etc., nitriles such as acetonitrile, etc., amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, etc. and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide, etc. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on the substrate employed as well as other conditions, it is -
20 to 200 °C, preferably 0 to 100 °C. The reaction time is usually 5 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 5 minutes to 10 hours . Compound (II) or (III) or a salt thereof can be produced by Schemes 2 to 9. The thus obtained compound (II) or (III) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. In step B-l, compound (la) or a salt thereof, which is encompassed within compound (I) of the invention, can be prepared from compound (III) or a salt thereof and a carbonyl compound RlaaRlbbC=0 or RlccRlddC=0 by in situ production of an imine which is then reduced by an appropriate reducing agent or hydrogenation in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst. When Rla is equal to Rlb in compound (la), RlaaRlbbC=0 may be used in step B-l. When Rla is not equal to Rlb in compound (la) , the alkylation reactions may be performed stepwise by RlaaRlbbC=0 and RiccRi dc=0 in step B-1_
A reducing agent is preferably sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride and sodium triacetoxyborohydride . A hydrogenation catalyst is preferably a palladium catalyst ι such as palladium black, palladium oxide, palladium barium sulfate, palladium on carbon, palladium hydroxide, a platinum catalyst such as platinum black, platinum oxide and platinum on carbon, or nickel catalyst such as reduced nickel, oxidized nickel or Raney nickel. In this reaction, 1 to 10 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles of the carbonyl compound RlaaRlbbC=0, RlccRlddC=0 and 0.5 to 10 moles, preferably 0.5 to 3 moles of the reducing agent per 1 mole of compound (III) or a salt thereof are used. The reaction solvent may for example be alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N-dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. When producing an imine, use of molecular sieves or addition of an acid serves to promote the reaction. An acid employed here is preferably acetic acid and trifluoroacetic acid, etc. While the reaction temperature in this imine production may vary depending on compound (III) or a salt thereof as well as other conditions, it is 0 to 200 °C, preferably 0 to 150 °C. The reaction time is 30 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 1 hour to 24 hours. The reaction temperature in the reducing reaction is -
20 to 200 °C, preferably 0 to 100 °C. The reaction time is 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours. Compound (la) or a salt thereof can be also prepared by reacting compound (III) with R^L1 or R^L1. When Rla is equal to Rlb in compound (la), R^L1 may be used in step B-2.
When Rla is not equal to Rlb in compound (la) , the alkylation reactions may be performed stepwise by R^L1 and
RlbLx in step B-2. In step B-2, 1 to 10 moles, preferably 1 to 5 moles of a compound represented by R^L1 or a salt thereof and 1 to
10 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles of a base are employed per 1 mole of compound (III) or a salt thereof. A base may for example be an alkaline metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, etc., an alkaline metal hydrogen carbonate such as sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc., a cesium salt such as cesium carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal hydride such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride, etc., sodium amide, an alkoxide such as sodium methoxide and sodium ethoxide, etc., an a ine such as trimethylamine, triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine, etc., a cyclic amine such as pyridine, etc. Examples of solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on compound (III) or a salt, thereof employed as well as other reaction conditions, it is -20 to 200 °C, preferably 0 to 150 °C. The reaction time is 5 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 5 minutes to 24 hours. Alkylation of compound (III) to prepare compound (la) may be performed by combined reactions of steps B-1 and B-2. The thus obtained compound (la) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. Scheme 2
Figure imgf000043_0001
(IV) (lla) (llaa)
wherein Z1 is oxygen, sulfur, -NR4-, or -NR-alk-, Zla is - SO- or -S02- and W2 is N02or NH2, L1 is a leaving groups (e.g. halogen atom such as chlorine, bromine and iodine, etc, sulfonyloxy group such as p-toluenesulfonyloxy group, methanesulfonyloxy group and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group, and acyloxy group such as acetyloxy group and benzoyloxy group) and each of other symbols has a meaning defined above. Compound (lla) which is encompassed within compound (II) or (III) , or a salt thereof can be prepared by reacting compound (IV) with R2Z1H. Compound (IV) or a salt thereof can be prepared by Schemes 10 or 11 described below. In step C-l, 1 to 5 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles of a compound represented by R2Z1H or a salt thereof and 1 to
5 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles of a base are employed per 1 mole of compound (IV) or a salt thereof. A base may for example be an alkaline metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, etc., an alkaline metal hydrogen carbonate such as sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc., a cesium salt such as cesium carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal hydride such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride, etc., sodium amide, an alkoxide such as sodium methoxide and sodium ethoxide, etc., an amine such as trimethylamine, triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine, etc., a cyclic amine such as pyridine, etc. Examples of solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio . While the reaction temperature may vary depending on compound (IV) or a salt thereof employed as well as other reaction conditions, it is -20 to 200 °C, preferably 0 to
150 °C. The reaction time is 5 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 5 minutes to 24 hours. When Z1 is -NR4-, or -NR4-alk- in R2Z1H, compound
(lla) which is encompassed within compound (II) or (III) , or a salt thereof can be also prepared by reacting compound
(IV) with R2Z1H or a salt thereof in the presence of a palladium catalyst, preferably palladium (II) acetate and a catalytic amount of a phosphine ligand, preferably 2-
(dicyclohexylphosphino) biphenyl, according to the procedure of Buchwald et al . (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1998, 120, 9722) and the modified methods . When Z1 is sulfur in compound (lla) , compound (Ilaa) which is encompassed within compound (II) or (III), or a salt thereof can be prepared by oxidation of compound (lla) or a salt thereof. An oxidation agent is preferably hydrogen peroxide, organic peroxides (e.g. 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid, peroxyacetic acid, etc.), manganese (IV) oxide, sodium metaperiodate . In step C-2, 1 to 10 moles, preferably 1 to 5 moles of oxidation agent are employed per 1 mole of compound (lla) or a salt thereof. This reaction may be performed under acidic conditions. An acid employed in this oxidation may for example be an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and nitric acid, etc., and an ordinary organic acid such as formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and methanesulfonic acid, etc. as well as a Lewis acid. A reaction solvent may for example be water, alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, etc., ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, etc., aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, etc., esters such as ethyl acetate, etc., halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, etc., nitriles such as acetonitrile, etc., amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, etc. and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide, etc. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on the substrate employed as well as other conditions, it is -
20 to 200 °C, preferably 0 to 100 °C. The reaction time is usually 5 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 5 minutes to 10 hours. The thus obtained compound (Ila) and (Ilaa) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. Scheme 3
Figure imgf000047_0001
(IV) (I'b) wherein Z2 is bond and each of other symbols has a meaning defined above. Compound (lib) which is encompassed within compound (II) or (III) , or a salt thereof can be prepared by reacting compound (IV) with a boronic acid R2B(OH)2 or boronic acid esters or a salt thereof in the presence of a palladium catalyst, preferably tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) and a base according to the procedure of Suzuki coupling (Organic Synthesis via Boranes, vol. 3: Suzuki coupling, A.Suzuki and H.C. Brown, Aldrich, 2002). Compound (IV) or a salt thereof can be prepared by Schemes 10 or 11 described below. A base may for example be an alkaline metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, etc., an alkaline metal hydrogen carbonate such as sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc., a cesium salt such as cesium carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal hydride such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride, etc., sodium amide, an alkoxide such as sodium methoxide and sodium ethoxide, etc., an amine such as trimethyla ine, triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine, etc., a cyclic amine such as pyridine, etc. Examples of solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include water, alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on compound (IV) or a salt thereof employed as well as other reaction conditions, it is -20 to 200 °C, preferably 40 to 150 °C. The reaction time is 5 minutes to 48 hours, preferably lh to 24 hours. The thus obtained compound (lib) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. Scheme 4
Figure imgf000049_0001
(iv) (i'c) wherein Z3 is C=0 and each of other symbols has a meaning defined above. Compound (lie) which is encompassed within compound (II) or (III) , or a salt thereof can be prepared by reacting compound (IV) with an acid chloride R2C0C1 or a salt thereof after treating by an organic metal reagent. Compound (IV) or a salt thereof can be prepared by Schemes 10 or 11 described below. In step E, an organic metal reagent is employed in an amount of 1 to 5 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles per 1 mole of compound (IV) or a salt thereof. An organic metal reagent may preferably be organic lithium such as n-BuLi, sec-BuLi, tert-BuLi, etc. Examples of solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio . While the reaction temperature may vary depending on the reagent employed as well as other conditions, it is -
100 to 200 °C, preferably -78 to 100 °C. The reaction time is 5 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 5 minutes to 10 hours. The thus obtained compound (lie) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. Scheme 5
Figure imgf000050_0001
wherein R4a and R4b are independently optionally substituted hydrocarbyl, L2 is leaving groups and each of symbols has a meaning defined above. In step F-l, compound (VI) or a salt thereof can be prepared from compound (V) or a salt thereof and an aldehyde compound R4CH0 by an in situ production of an imine, which is then reduced by an appropriate reducing agent. The reaction can be carried out similar to step B in Scheme 1 to prepare compound (VI) . Compound (V) or a salt thereof can be prepared by Scheme 10 described below. In step F-2, compound (VI) or a salt thereof can be also prepared by reacting (V) with R4L2 or a salt thereof. This reaction is carried out in the presence of a base in a solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction according to the conventional method. Specific examples of leaving groups L2 include halogen atom such as chlorine, bromine and iodine, sulfonyloxy group such as p- toluenesulfonyloxy group, methanesulfonyloxy group and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group, and acyloxy group such as acetyloxy group and benzoyloxy group. Example of the base include alkali metal salts such as potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, sodium bicarbonate and potassium carbonate; amines such as pyridine, triethylamine, N,N-dimethylaniline and 1,8- diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene; metal hydrides such as potassium hydride and sodium hydride; and alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide and potassium t-butoxide. An amount of these bases to be used is preferably about 1 to about 5 equivalents relative to compound (V) . Examples of solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, aromatic hydrocarbon such as benzene, toluene and xylene; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane and diethyl ether; amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide; and sulfoxides such as dimethyl sulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. A reaction temperature is usually about -50 to about 150°C, preferably -10°C to 120°C. A reaction time is usually 0.5 to 20 hours. The thus obtained compound (VI) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. In step G, compound (lid) is prepared by reacting a calboxylc acid R2COOH or a reactive derivative at a carboxyl group thereof and a salt thereof with compound
(VI) or a reactive derivative at an amino group thereof or a salt thereof. Examples of the suitable reactive derivative at an amino group of compound (VI) include Schiff base type imine produced by reaction of compound (VI) with a carbonyl compound such as aldehyde, ketone and the like; silyl derivative produced by a reaction of compound (VI) and a silyl compound such as bis (trimethylsilyl) acetamide, mono (trimethylsilyl) acetamide, bis (trimethylsilyl) urea and the like; derivative produced by a reaction of compound (VI) with phosphorus trichloride or phosgene. Specific examples of the suitable reactive derivative at a carboxyl group of R2COOH include acid halide, acid anhydride, activated amide, activated ester and the like. Examples of the suitable reactive derivative include: acid chloride; acid azide; mixed acid anhydride with an acid such as substituted phosphoric acid such as dialkylphosphoric acid, phenylphosphoric acid, diphenylphosphoric acid, dibenzylphosphoric acid, halogenated phosphoric acid and the like, dialkylphosphorous acid, sulfurous acid, thiosulfuric acid, sulfuric acid, sulfonic acid such as methanesulfonic acid and the like, aliphatic carboxylic acid such as acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid, pivalic acid, pentanoic acid, isopentanoic acid, trichloroacetic acid and the like or aromatic carboxylic acid such as benzoic acid and the like; symmetric acid anhydride; activated amide with imidazole; 4-substituted imidazole, dimethylpyrazole, triazole or tetrazole; activated ester such as cyanomethylester, methoxymethyl ester, dimethyliminomethyl ester, vinyl ester, propargyl ester, p-nitrophenyl ester, trichlorophenyl ester, pentachlorophenyl ester, mesylphenyl ester, phenylazophenyl ester, phenyl thioester, p- nitrophenyl ester, p-cresyl thioester, carboxylmethyl thioester, pyranyl ester, pyridyl ester, piperidyl ester, 8-quinolyl thioester and the like, or esters with N-hydroxy compound such as N,N-dimethylhydroxyamine, l-hydroxy-2- (1H) -pyridone, N-hydroxysuccinimide, N-hydroxyphthalimide, 1-hydroxy-lH-benzotriazole and the like. These reactive derivatives can be arbitrarily selected depending on a kind of compound (VI) to be used. Examples of the suitable reactive derivative of compound (lid) include alkali metal salts such as sodium salt, potassium salt and the like, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium salt, magnesium salt and the like, and basic salts such as organic base salts such as ammonium salt, trimethylamine salt, triethylamine salt, pyridine salt, picoline salt, dicyclohexylamine salt, N,N-dibenzylethylenediamine salt and the like. Although the reaction is usually carried out in the conventional solvent such as water, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and the like, acetone, dioxane, acetonitrile, chloroform, dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl acetate, N,N-dimethylformamide and pyridine, the reaction may be carried out in any other organic solvents as long as they have no adverse effect on the reaction. These solvents may be used as a mixture with water. When R2COOH is used as the form of a free acid or a salt thereof in this reaction, it is desirable that the reaction is carried out in the presence of the normally used condensing agent such as so-called Vilsmeier regent and the like prepared by a reaction of N,N'- dicyclohexylcarbodiimide; N-cyclohexyl-N' - morpholinoethylcarbodiimide; N-cyclohexyl-N' - (4- diethylaminocyclohexyl) carbodiimide; N,N'- diethylcarbodiimide, N,N' -diisopropylcarbodiimide, N-ethyl- N' - (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide; N,N' -carbonylbis (2- methylimidazole) ; pentamethyleneketene-N-cyclohexylimine; diphenylketene-N-cyclohexylimine; ethoxyacetylene; 1- alkoxy-1-chloroethylene; trialkyl phosphite; polyethyl phosphate; polyisopropyl phosphate; phosphorus oxychloride; diphenylphosphorylazide; thionyl chloride; oxalyl chloride; lower alkyl haloformate such as ethyl chloroformate; isopropyl chlorofor ate and the like; triphenylphosphine; 2-ethyl-7-hydroxybenzisooxazolium salt, 2-ethyl-5- (m- sulfopheny) isooxazoliumhydroxide internal salt; N- hydroxybenzotriazole; 1- (p-chlorobenzenesulfonyloxy) -6- chloro-lH-benzotriazole; N,N-dimethylformamide with thionyl chloride, phosgene, trichloromethyl chloroformate, phosphorus oxychloride or the like. Alternatively, the reaction may be carried out in the presence of an inorganic base or an organic base such as alkali metal bicarbonate salt, tri (lower) alkylamine, pyridine, N- (lower) alkylmorpholine, N,N-di (lower) alkylbenzylamine and the like. A reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but the reaction is carried out under cooling or under warming. An amount of R2COOH to be used is 1 to 10 mole equivalent, preferably 1 to 3 equivalent relative compound (VI) . A reaction temperature is usually -30°C to 100°C. A reaction time is usually 0.5 to 20 hours. In addition, when a mixed acid anhydride is used,
R2COOH and chlorocarbonic ester (e.g. methyl chlorocarbonate, ethyl chlorocarbonate, isobutyl chlorocarbonate etc.) are reacted in the presence of a base
(e.g. triethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, N,N- dimethylaniline, sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate etc.) and is further reacted with compound (VI) . An amount of R2COOH to be used is usually 1 to 10 mole equivalent, preferably 1 to 3 mole equivalent relative to compound (VI) . A reaction temperature is usually -30°C to 100°C. A reaction time is usually 0.5 to 20 hours. The thus obtained compound (lid) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. Scheme 6
Figure imgf000057_0001
wherein each of symbols has a meaning defined above. Step H can be carried out similar to step G in Scheme 5 to prepare compound (He) which is encompassed within compound (II) or (III), or a salt thereof. Compound (VII) or a salt thereof can be prepared by Scheme 12 described below.
Scheme 7
Figure imgf000057_0002
wherein each of symbols has a meaning defined above. Compound (Hf) which is encompassed within compound (II) or (III), or a salt thereof can be prepared by treatment of compound (Villa) with a halogenation agent. Compound (Villa) or a salt thereof can be prepared by Schemes 13 or 14 described below. Examples of the halogenation agent include chlorine, bromine, iodine, thionyl chloride, thionyl bromide,, sulfuryl chloride, oxalyl chloride, phosphorus trichloride, phosphorous pentachloride, and phosphorous oxychloride, etc. In step I, the halogenation agent is employed in an amount of 1 to 10 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles per 1 mole of compound (Villa) or a salt thereof. Examples of the solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on the reagent employed as well as other conditions, it is -20 to 200 °C, preferably 20 to 100 °C. The reaction time is 5 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours. The thus obtained compound (Ilf) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. Scheme 8
Figure imgf000059_0001
wherein each of symbols has a meaning defined above. Compound (Hg) which is encompassed within compound (II) or (III) , or a salt thereof can be prepared by treatment of compound (Vlllb) with a dehydrothiolation agent. Compound (Vlllb) or a salt thereof can be prepared by Schemes 13 or 14 described below. Examples of the dehydrothiolation agent include N,N'- dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, N-cyclohexyl-N'' - morpholinoethylcarbodiimide, N-cyclohexyl-N' - (4- diethylaminocyclohexyl) carbodiimide, N,N' - diethylcarbodiimide, N,N' -diisopropylcarbodiimide, N-ethyl-
N' - (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide, mercury (II) chloride, mercury (II) oxide, copper (II) bromide, copper (II) chloride, silver oxide, silver (I) oxide and silver carbonate, etc. In step J, the dehydrothiolation agent is employed in an amount of 1 to 10 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles per 1 mole of compound (Vlllb) or a salt thereof. Examples of solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. The reaction may be carried out in the presence of an inorganic base or an organic base such as alkali metal salts such as potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, sodium bicarbonate and potassium carbonate; amines such as pyridine, triethylamine, N,N-dimethylaniline and 1,8- diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene; metal hydrides such as potassium hydride and sodium hydride; and alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide and potassium t-butoxide. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on the reagent employed as well as other conditions, it is -20 to 150 °C, preferably 20 to 100 °C. The reaction time is 5 minutes to 10 hours, preferably 5 minutes to 2 hours. The thus obtained compound (Ilg) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. Scheme 9
Figure imgf000061_0001
wherein each of symbols has a meaning defined above. Compound (llh) which is encompassed within compound (II) or (III) , or a salt thereof can be prepared by treatment of compound (VIIIc) with a dehydrothiolation agent. Compound (VIIIc) or a salt thereof can be prepared by Schemes 13 or 14 described below. Step K can be carried out similar to step J in Scheme 8 to prepare compound (llh) . Scheme 10
Figure imgf000061_0002
wherein X2 is H, OH or NHR5, L3 is a halogen atom such as chlorine, bromine, and iodine, and each of other symbols has a meaning defined above. In step L, compound (X) or a salt thereof can be prepared by treatment of compound (IX) with ammonia. Compound (IX) or a salt thereof is mainly commercially available, or can be prepared by reacting thiophosgene with the amino derivatives (XIV) described below (Scheme 13) . Examples of the solvent include water, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N-dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxidse such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvent may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on the reagent employed as well as other conditions, it is -20 to 200 °C, preferably 20 to 100 °C. The reaction time is 5 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours. The thus obtained compound (X) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. Step M can be carried out according to steps I, J or K in the Schemes 7 to 9 to prepare compound (V) . In step N, an amino group of compound (V) is converted into a diazonium salt, and halogenation agent is reacted thereon, according to the procedure of Sandmeyer reaction, to prepare compound (IVa), which is encompassed within compound (IV) . Diazonization in the present method is carried out in the presence of an acid in a solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction according to the conventional method. As the acid, for example, acetic acid and hydrochloric acid are used. As a diazotizing agent, sodium nitrite, alkyl nitrite or sulfated nitrosyl is used. The thus obtained diazonium salt of compound (V) is reacted with halogenation agent to prepare compound (IV) . Examples of the halogenation agent include chlorine, bromine, iodine, copper (I) bromide, copper (II) bromide, copper (I) chlolide and copper (II) chloride, etc. Examples of the solvent include water, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N-dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxidse such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. A reaction temperature is usually about -50°C to about 150°C, preferably about -10°C to about 100°C. A reaction time is usually about 0.5 to about 20 hours. The thus obtained compound (IVa) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. Scheme 11
Figure imgf000064_0001
wherein X3 is SH, OH or NHR5 and each of symbols has a meaning defined above. In step 0, compound (XII) or a salt thereof can be prepared by treatment of compound (XI) with 1, 1' -carbonyl diimidazole, phosgene, alkyl haloformate such as ethyl chloroformate, phenyl haloformate such as phenyl chloroformate or urea, etc. Compound (XI) or a salt thereof is mainly commercially available or can be prepared from the nitro derivatives corresponded to compound (XI) . Examples of the solvent include ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N-dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxidse such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on the reagent employed as well as other conditions, it is -20 to 200 °C, preferably 20 to 100 °C. The reaction time is 5 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours. The thus obtained compound (XII) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. In step P, after base treatment of compound (XII) , the resulting moiety may be converted to a leaving group to prepare compound (IV) . Such leaving group may for example be a substituted sulfonyloxy (for example, methanesulfonyloxy and p- toluenesulfonyloxy, etc.), an acyloxy (for example, acetoxy and benzoyloxy, etc.) and an oxy group which is substituted with a heterocyclic or aryl group (such as succinimide, benzotriazole, quinoline and 4-nitrophenyl, etc.), etc. A base may for example be an alkaline metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, etc., an alkaline metal hydrogen carbonate such as sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc., a cesium salt such as cesium carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal hydride such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride, etc., sodium amide, an alkoxide such as sodium methoxide and sodium ethoxide, etc., an amine such as trimethylamine, triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine, etc., a cyclic amine such as pyridine, etc. In step P, compound (IV) or a salt thereof can be also prepared by treatment of compound (XII) with a halogenation agent. Examples of the halogenation agent include chlorine, bromine, iodine, thionyl chloride, thionyl bromide, sulfuryl chloride, oxalyl chloride, phosphorus trichloride, phosphorous pentachloride, and phosphorous oxychloride, etc. The halogenation agent is employed in an amount of 1 to 10 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles per 1 mole of compound
(XII) or a salt thereof. Examples of the solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on the reagent employed as well as other conditions, it is -20 to 200 °C, preferably 20 to 100 °C. The reaction time is 5 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours. The thus obtained compound (IV) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. Scheme 12
Figure imgf000067_0001
M (XIII) (VII) wherein each of symbols has a meaning defined above. In step Q, an amino group of compound (V) is converted into a diazonium salt, and cyanation agent is reacted thereon to prepare compound (XIII), according to the procedure of Sandmeyer reaction. Diazotization in the present method is carried out in the presence of an acid in a solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction according to the conventional method. As the acid, for example, acetic acid, sulfuric acid and hydrochloric acid are used. As a diazotizing agent, sodium nitrite, alkyl nitrite or sulfated nitrosyl is used. The thus obtained diazonium salt of compound (V) is reacted with cyanation agent to prepare compound (XIII) . Examples of the cyanation agent include copper cyanide, potassium cyanide, sodium cyanide and nickel cyanide, etc. Examples of the solvent include water, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N-dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. A reaction temperature is usually about -50°C to about 150°C, preferably about -10°C to about 100°C. A reaction time is usually about 0.5 to about 20 hours. The thus obtained compound (XIII) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. In step R, compound (VII) or a salt thereof can be prepared by hydrolysis of compound (XIII) or a salt thereof. It is preferable that hydrolysis is carried out in the presence of a base or an acid. An acid which may be employed may for example be an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and nitric acid, and a base may for example be an inorganic base (alkaline metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, etc., alkaline metal hydrogen carbonate such as sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc., alkaline metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc.). This reaction is conducted in a 20 to 50 volumes of an aqueous solution of an inorganic acid described above (usually at 10 to 30%) per 1 g of the nitrile compound (XIII) , or in an aqueous solution containing 3 to 10 moles of a base described above per 1 mole of the nitrile compound (XIII) . In view of the solubility of a compound, the reaction may be performed in an aqueous solution described above which is supplemented with an organic solvent. An organic solvent which may be employed is alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, organic acids such as acetic acid, etc., ethers, such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, a nitrile such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N-dimethylacetamide and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on the nitrile employed as well as other conditions, it is 0 to 200 °C, preferably 20 to 150 °C. The reaction time is 30 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 1 to 24 hours. The thus obtained compound (VII) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. Scheme 13
Figure imgf000070_0001
wherein each of symbols has a meaning defined above. Compound (VIII) or a salt thereof can be prepared by reacting (XIV) with R2NCS or a salt thereof. In step S, an isothiocyanate R2NCS is employed in an amount of 1 to 10 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles per 1 mole of compound (XIV) or a salt thereof. Examples of solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on compound (XIV) employed as well as other conditions, it is 0 to 200 °C, preferably 20 to 150 °C. The reaction time is 30 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 1 to 24 hours. The thus obtained compound (VIII) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. Scheme 14
Figure imgf000071_0001
wherein each of symbols has a meaning defined above. Compound (VIII) or a salt thereof can be also prepared by reacting (IX) with R2NH2 or a salt thereof. In step T, compound R2 NH2 is employed in an amount of 1 to 10 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles per 1 mole of compound (IX) or a salt thereof. Examples of the solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on compound (IX) employed as well as other conditions, it is 0 to 200 °C, preferably 20 to 150 °C. The reaction time is 30 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 1 to 24 hours. The thus obtained compound (VIII) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography.
(Method B)
Scheme 15
Figure imgf000072_0001
wherein each of symbols has a meaning defined above. Step ϋcan be carried out similar to step C, D, and E in the Schemes 2 to 4 to prepare compound (lb) which is encompassed within compound (I) . Compound (XV) or a salt thereof can be prepared by Scheme 16 described below. Scheme 16
Figure imgf000073_0001
wherein each of symbols has a meaning defined above. Compound (XVIII) or a salt thereof can be prepared by reacting compound (XVI) with compound (XVII) . In step V, 1 to 5 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles of compound (XVII) or a salt thereof are employed per 1 mole of compound (XVI) or a salt thereof. Examples of the solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. This reaction may be performed under basic conditions. A base may for example be an alkaline metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, etc., an alkaline metal hydrogen carbonate such as sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc., a cesium salt such as cesium carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal hydride such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride, etc., sodium amide, an alkoxide such as sodium methoxide and sodium ethoxide, etc., an amine such as trimethylamine, triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine, etc., a cyclic amine such as pyridine, etc. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on compound (XVII) or a salt thereof employed as well as other reaction conditions, it is -20 to 200 °C, preferably 0 to
150 °C. The reaction time is 5 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 5 minutes to 24 hours. The thus obtained compound (XVIII) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. Step Wean be carried out similar to step B-1 and B-2 in Scheme 1 to prepare compound (XIX) . In step X, compound (XV) or a salt thereof can be prepared by treatment of compound (XIX) with a halogenation agent . Examples of the halogenation agent include N- chlorosuccinimide, N-bromosuccinimide, chlorine, bromine, iodine, thionyl chloride, thionyl bromide, sulfuryl chloride, oxalyl chloride, phosphorus trichloride, phosphorous pentachloride, and phosphorous oxychloride, etc. In step X, the halogenation agent is employed in an amount of 1 to 10 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles per 1 mole of compound (XIX) or a salt thereof. Examples of the solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as carbon tetrachloride, chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N- dimethylformamide and N,N-dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on the reagent employed as well as other conditions, it is -50 to 200 °C, preferably 0 to 100 °C. The reaction time is 5 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours. The thus obtained compound (XV) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. (Method C) Scheme 17
Figure imgf000076_0001
wherein each of symbols has a meaning defined above. Compound (lc) which is encompassed within compound (I) , or a salt thereof can be prepared by reacting compound (XX) with an amino compound RlaRlbNH. Compound (XX) or a salt thereof can be prepared by the procedures described in Methods A and B. In step Y, 1 to 5 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles of a compound represented by RlaRlbNH or a salt thereof and 1 to 5 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles of a base are employed per 1 mole of compound (XX) or a salt thereof. A base may for example be an alkaline metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, etc., an alkaline metal hydrogen carbonate such as sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc., a cesium salt such as cesium carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal hydride such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride, etc., sodium amide, an alkoxide such as sodium methoxide and sodium ethoxide, etc., an amine such as trimethylamine, triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine, etc., a cyclic amine such as pyridine, etc. Examples of solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio . While the reaction temperature may vary depending on compound (XX) or a salt thereof employed as well as other reaction conditions, it is -20 to 200 °C, preferably 0 to 150 °C. The reaction time is 5 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 5 minutes to 24 hours. When n is 0 in compound (XX) , compound (lc) can be also prepared by reacting compound (XX) with RlaRlbNH or a salt thereof in the presence of a palladium catalyst, preferably palladium (II) acetate and a catalytic amount of a phosphine ligand, preferably 2- (dicyclohexylphosphino) biphenyl, according to the procedure of Buchwald et al . (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1998, 120, 9722) and the modified methods . The thus obtained compound (lc) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. (Method D) Scheme 18
Figure imgf000078_0001
wherein R3 is an optionally substituted carbon atom, and each of symbols has a meaning defined above. In step Z, compound (XXII) is prepared by removing a carboxyl-protecting group. Compound (XXI) or a salt thereof can be prepared by the procedures described in Methods A, B,
E and Scheme 19. All conventional methods used in a reaction for removal of a carboxyl-protecting group, for example, hydrolysis, reduction and elimination using a Lewis acid can be applied to the present reaction. It is preferable that hydrolysis is carried out in the presence of a base or an acid. Examples of the suitable base include inorganic bases such as alkali metal hydroxide (e.g. sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide) , alkaline earth metal hydroxide (e.g. magnesium hydroxide and calcium hydroxide), alkali metal carbonate (e.g. sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate), alkaline earth metal carbonate (e.g. magnesium carbonate and calcium carbonate) , alkali metal bicarbonate (e.g. sodium bicarbonate and potassium bicarbonate), alkali metal acetate (e.g. sodium acetate and potassium acetate), alkaline earth metal phosphate (e.g. magnesium phosphate and calcium phosphate) and alkali metal hydrogen phosphate (e.g. disodium hydrogen phosphate and dipotassium hydrogen phosphate), and organic bases such as trialkylamine (e.g. trimethylamine and triethylamine) , picoline, N- methylpyrrolidine, N-methylmorpholine, 1 5- diazabicyclo [4.3.2] non-5-ene, 1, 4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] non-5- ene and 1, 8-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] -7-undecene. Hydrolysis using a base is carried out in water or a hydrophilic organic solvent or a mixed solvent in many cases. Examples of a suitable acid include formic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid and sulfuric acid. The present hydrolysis reaction is usually carried out in an organic solvent, water or a mixed solvent thereof. A reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected depending on a kind of a carboxyl- protecting group and an elimination method. Elimination using a Lewis acid is carried out by reacting compound (XXI) or a salt thereof with a Lewis acid, for example, trihalogenated boron (e.g. boron trichloride and boron trifluoride) , tetrahalogenated titanium (e.g. titanium tetrachloride and titanium tetrabromide) , and halogenated aluminium (e.g. aluminium chloride and aluminium bromide), or an organic acid (e.g. trichloroacetic acid and trifluoroacetic acid) . This elimination reaction is preferably carried _ out in the presence of a cation scavenger (e.g. anisole and phenol) and is usually carried out in a solvent such as nitroalkane (e.g. nitromethane and nitroethane), alkylene halide (e.g. methylene chloride and ethylene chloride) , diethyl ether, carbon disulfide, and a solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction. These solvents may be used as a mixture thereof. It is preferable that elimination by reduction is applied to elimination of a protecting group such as halogenated alkyl (e.g. 2-iodoethyl and 2,2,2- trichloroethyl) ester, and aralkyl (e.g. benzyl) ester. Examples of a reduction method using in the present elimination reaction include the conventional catalytic reduction in the presence of a combination of a metal (e.g. zinc and zinc amalgam) or a salt of a chromium compound (e.g. chromate chloride and chromate acetate) and an organic or inorganic acid (e.g. acetic acid, propionic acid and hydrochloric acid) ; or the conventional metal catalyst (e.g. palladium carbon and Raney nickel). A reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but a reaction is carried out under cooling, at room temperature of under warming . The thus obtained compound (XXII) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. In step AA, compound (Id) which is encompassed within compound (I) , or a salt thereof is prepared by reacting compound (XXII) or a reactive derivative at a carboxyl group thereof and a salt thereof with the amino compound RlaRlbNH or a reactive derivative at an amino group thereof or a salt thereof. Step ZZ can be carried out similar to step G in Scheme 5 to prepare compound (Id) which is encompassed within compound (I) . Scheme 19
Figure imgf000081_0001
wherein each of symbols has a meaning defined above. Step AB can be carried out similar to step T in Scheme 14 to prepare compound (XXIV) or a salt thereof. Compound (XXIII) or a salt thereof can be prepared from amino derivatives corresponded to compound (XXIII) . Step AC can be carried out similar to step I in the Scheme 7 to prepare compound (XXIa) , which is encompassed within compound (XXI), or a salt thereof. (Method E) Scheme 20
Figure imgf000082_0001
(XXV) (le) wherein each of symbols has a meaning defined above. Step AD can be carried out similar to step C, D, and E in the Schemes 2 to 4 to prepare compound (le) which is encompassed within compound (I) . Compound (XXV) or a salt thereof can be prepared by the procedures described in Methods A, B and Scheme 21. Scheme 21
Figure imgf000082_0002
wherein each of symbols has a meaning defined above. Step AE can be carried out similar to step P in Scheme 11 to prepare compound (XXVa) , which is encompassed within compound (XXV) . Compound (XXVI) or a salt thereof can be prepared by the procedures in Schemes 22-25 described below. Scheme 22
Figure imgf000083_0001
wherein each of symbols has a meaning defined above. Step AF can be carried out similar to step A in Scheme 1 to prepare compound (XXVIII) or a salt thereof. Compound (XXVII) or a salt thereof can be prepared by the procedures described in step 0 in Scheme 11. Step AG can be carried out similar to step B in Scheme 1 to prepare compound (XXVIa) , which is encompassed within compound (XXVI), or a salt thereof. Scheme 23
Figure imgf000083_0002
wherein Rle is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and each of the other symbols has a meaning defined above. Compound (XXVIb) , which is encompassed within compound (XXVI) , or a salt thereof can be prepared by reacting compound (XXVIII) with RlaRlbb=0, R^L1 or a salt thereof in the similar manner described in step B-1 and B-2 in Scheme 1 and with RleL1 or a salt thereof in the presence of a palladium catalyst, a phosphine ligand, and a base according to the procedure of Buchwald coupling (Topics in
Current Chemistry, 219, 131-209 (2002)) to prepare compound
(XXVIb) . The order of these two steps, AH-1 and AH-2, may be changed. Compound (XXVIII) or a salt thereof can be prepared by Scheme 22 described above. In step AH-2, a palladium catalyst may for example be bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium(II) dichloride, tris (dibenzylidineacetone) dipalladium (0) , trans- dichlorobis (tri-o-tolylphosphine) palladium, palladium (II) trifluoroacetate and palladium(II) acetate, preferably tris (dibenzylidineacetone) dipalladium (0) . A phosphine ligand may for example be 2, 2' -bis (diphenylphosphino) -1, 1' - binaphtyl, 2- (di-tert-butylphosphino) biphenyl, 2- (dicyclohexylphosphino) biphenyl, 2- (dicyclohexylphosphino) -
2 ' , 6' -dimethoxy-1, 1 ' -biphenyl, 2- (dicyclohexylphosphino) - 2 ' - (N, JV-dimethylamino) biphenyl, 1 ' - bis (diphenylphosphino) ferrocene, tri-tert-butylphosphine and tricyclohexylphosphine, preferably 2- (dicyclohexylphosphino) biphenyl and 2- (dicyclohexylphosphino) -2 ' , 6' -dimethoxy-1, 1' -biphenyl . A base may for example be an alkaline metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, etc., an alkaline metal hydrogen carbonate such as sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc., a cesium salt such as cesium carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal hydride such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride, etc., sodium amide, an alkoxide such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide and potassium tert-butoxide, etc., an amine such as trimethylamine, triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine, etc., a cyclic amine such as pyridine, etc. In step AH-2, 1.0 to 5 moles, preferably 1.1 to 2.0 moles of RleL1, 0.01 to 0.5 moles, preferably 0.05 to 0.2 moles of a palladium catalyst, 0.01 to 0.5 moles, preferably 0.02 to 0.2 moles of a phosphine ligand and 1.0 to 5.0 moles, preferably 1.2 to 3 moles of a base are employed per 1 mole of an amino compound or a salt thereof. Examples of solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include ethers such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and 1, 2-dimethoxyethane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on compound (Xlla) or a salt thereof employed as well as other reaction conditions, it is 0 to 250 °C, preferably 50 to 150 °C. The reaction time is 5 minutes to 120 hours, preferably 1 hour to 48 hours. As an alternative route, compound (XXVIb) or a salt thereof can be prepared via compound (XXIX) . In step Al, compound (XXIX) can be prepared by the similar procedure described in step N in Scheme 10 or reacting compound (XXVIII) with an alkyl nitrite and a metal halide, etc. In step Al, 1.0 to 5 moles, preferably 1.0 to 2.0 moles of an alkyl nitrite, 0.5 to 3 moles, preferably 0.5 to 2 moles of a metal halide. Examples of solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include ethers such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and 1, 2-dimethoxyethane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide, These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on compound (XXVIII) or a salt thereof employed as well as other reaction conditions, it is -10 to 200 °C, preferably
0 to 100 °C. The reaction time is 5 minutes to 120 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours. The thus obtained compound (XXIX) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. Step AJ can be carried out similar to step AH-2 to prepare compound (XXX) by reacting with RleNH2 or a salt thereof. Step AK can be carried out similar to step B in Scheme
1 to prepare compound (XXVIb) . The thus obtained compound (XXVIb) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. Scheme 24
Figure imgf000088_0001
(XXVIII) (XXVIc) wherein Rlf is an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted carboxyl or an optionally substituted carboxamide, and each of the other symbols has a meaning defined above. Compound (XXVIc) , which is encompassed within compound (XXVI), or a salt thereof can be prepared by oxidation of cycloalkene and next reductive alkylation of compound (XXVIII) . Compound (XXVIII) or a salt thereof can be prepared by Scheme 22 described above. In an oxidation step, an oxidation agent is used and a base or an acid may be used. An oxidation agent may for example be potassium permanganate, potassium periodate, sodium periodate, sodium dichromate, potassium dichromate, osmium tetroxide, ruthenium tetroxide, oxygen, ozone, hydrogen peroxide, organic peroxide such as 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid and peroxyacetic acid, etc., preferably ozone. These reagents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. A base may for example be an alkaline metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, etc., an alkaline metal hydrogen carbonate such as sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc., a cesium salt such as cesium carbonate, etc., an alkaline metal hydride such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride, etc., sodium amide, an alkoxide such as sodium methoxide and sodium ethoxide, etc., an amine such as trimethylamine, triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine, etc., a cyclic amine such as pyridine, etc. An acid may for example be an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and nitric acid, etc., and an ordinary organic acid such as formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and methanesulfonic acid, etc. as well as a Lewis acid. In the oxidation reaction, 1 to 10 moles, preferably 1 to 3 moles of the oxidative agent and 0.1 to 10 moles, preferably 0.3 to 2 moles of the base per 1 mole of compound (XXVIII) or a salt thereof are used. Examples of solvent having no adverse effect on the reaction include alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as diethyl ether, dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, esters such as ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, amides, such as N,N-dimethylformamide and N,N- dimethylacetamide, and sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide. These solvents may be used by mixing at an appropriate ratio. While the reaction temperature may vary depending on compound (XXVIII) or a salt thereof employed as well as other reaction conditions, it is -100 to 200 °C, preferably -100 to 100 °C. The reaction time is 1 minute to 48 hours, preferably 1 minute to 24 hours. The thus obtained oxidant may be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. In a reductive alkylation step, the similar manner described in step B-1 in Scheme 1 is used. The thus' obtained compound (XXVIc) can be isolated and purified by the known isolating and purifying methods, for example, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, extraction with solvent, crystallization, recrystallization, transfer dissolution and chromatography. Scheme 25
Figure imgf000091_0001
(XXXI) (XXVId) Step AM can be carried out similar to step 0 in Scheme 11 to prepare compound (XXVId) or a salt thereof. Compound (XXXI) or a salt thereof can be prepared from the nitro derivatives corresponded to compound (XXXI) . Compound (I) obtained by any method described above, as a free form may be converted in accordance with a standard procedure for example into a salt with an inorganic acid (for example, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and hydrobromic acid, etc.), an organic acid (for example, methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, oxalic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid and tartaric acid, etc.), an inorganic base (for example, alkaline metal such as sodium and potassium, etc., .alkaline earth metal such as calcium and magnesium, etc., aluminum and ammonium, etc.) or an organic base (for example, trimethylamine, triethylamine, pyridine, picoline, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine and N,N' -dibenzylethylenediamine, etc.), while compound (I) obtained as a salt may be converted into a free form or other salts according to standard procedure. Compound (I) or a salt thereof thus obtained can be purified and recovered using a separation/purification method known per se (for example, condensation, solvent extraction, column chromatography and recrystallization, etc. ) . A starting compound for compound (I) according to the invention may be in a form of a salt, including a salt with an inorganic acid (for example, hydrochloric acid, phosphoric acid, hydrobromic acid and sulfuric acid, etc.) and a salt with an organic acid (for example, acetic acid, formic acid, propionic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, malic acid, oxalic acid, benzoic acid, methanesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid, etc.). When any of these compounds carries an acidic group such as -COOH, etc., a salt with an inorganic base (for example, an alkaline metal or an alkaline earth metal such as sodium, potassium, calcium and magnesium, ammonia, etc.) or with an organic base (for example, tri-Cι-3 alkyla ine such as triethylamine, etc.) may be formed. In each of the reactions described above, when a starting compound carries as a substituent an amino group, an amide group, a urea group, a carboxyl group or a hydroxyl group, then such group may be derivatized with a protective group employed ordinarily in peptide chemistry, which is cleaved after a reaction if desired to yield an intended compound. A protective group for an amino group, an amide group and a urea group may for, example be, an optionally substituted Cι-6 alkylcarbonyl (for example. formyl, methylcarbonyl and ethylcarbonyl, etc.), phenylcarbonyl, a Cι-6 alkyloxycarbonyl (for example, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl and tert-butylcarbonyl, etc.), phenyloxycarbonyl (for example, benzoxycarbonyl) , C7-ιo aralkylcarbonyl (for example, benzyloxycarbonyl) , C_ι0 aralkyl (for example, benzyl and 4-methoxybenzyl, etc.), trityl, phthaloyl, etc. A substituent on each of the groups listed above may be a halogen atom (for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine, etc.), a Cι_6 alkylcarbonyl (for example, methylcarbonyl, ethylcarbonyl and butylcarbonyl, etc.) and a nitro group, which may occur 1 to about 3 times. A protective group for a carboxyl group may for example be an optionally substituted Cι_6 alkyl (for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl and t-butyl, etc.), phenyl, trityl and silyl, etc. A substituent on each of the groups listed above may be a halogen atom (for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine, etc.), a Cι-6 alkylcarbonyl (for example, formyl, methylcarbonyl, ethylcarbonyl and butylcarbonyl, etc.) and a nitro group, which may occur 1 to about 3 times. A protective group for a hydroxyl group may. for example be an optionally substituted Cι_6 alkyl (for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl and tert-butyl, etc.), phenyl, a C70 aralkyl (for example, benzyl, etc.), a Cι-6 alkylcarbonyl (for example, formyl, methylcarbonyl and ethylcarbonyl, etc.), phenyloxycarbonyl (for example, benzoxycarbonyl, etc.), C7-χo aralkylcarbonyl (for example, benzyloxycarbonyl, etc.), pyranyl, furanyl, silyl, etc. A substituent on each of the groups listed above may be a halogen atom (for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine, etc.), a Cι_6 alkyl, phenyl, a C7-ιo aralkyl, nitro, etc., which may occur 1 to about 4 times. A method for cleaving a protective group is a method known per se or an analogous method, such as a treatment for example with an acid, a base, a reduction, UV light, hydrazine, phenylhydrazine, sodium N-methyldithiocarbamate, tetrabutylammonium fluoride, palladium acetate, etc.
The pharmaceutical composition containing compound (I) or (la) of the present invention is expected to be useful in the treatment and prevention of diseases, in which CRF is involved, such as great depression, postpartum depression, suppression symptom, mania, anxiety, generalized anxiety disorder, panic disorder, phobia, obsessive-compulsive disorder, post psychic trauma stress disorder, Tourette' s syndrome, autism, passion disorder, adjustment disorder, dysthymic disorder, sleep disorder, insomnia, bipolar disorder, circulatory disease, neurosis, schizophrenia, digestive ulcer, irritable bowl syndrome, ulcerative colitis, Crohn' s disease, diarrhea, constipation, postoperative ileus, gastrointestine dysfunction and nervous vomiting associated with stress, Alzheimer's disease, Alzheimer's type senile dementia, nervous degenerated disease such as Parkinson' s disease and Huntington' s disease, multi-infarct dementia, senile dementia, nervous orexia inactivity, hyperphagia and other ingestion disorder, obesity, diabetes, alcohol dependency, pharmacophinia, drug withdrawal, migraine, stress headache, tension headache, ischemic nervous disorder, nervous disorder, cerebral paralysis, progressive supranuclear palsy, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, muscular convulsion, chronic fatigue syndrome, glaucoma, Meniere syndrome, autono ic imbalance, alopecia, hypertension, cardiovascular disorder, tachycardia, congestive heart attack, hyperplea, bronchial asthma, apnea, infant sudden death syndrome, inflammatory disorder, pain, allergic disorder, impotence, menopausal disorder, fertilization disorder, infertility, cancer, immune function abnormality at HIV infection, immune functional abnormality due to stress, cerebrospinal meningitis, acromegaly, incontinence or osteoporosis. Compound (I) or (la) of the present invention can be formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and can be orally or parenterally administered as solid formulations such as tablets, capsules, granules, powders, or the like; or liquid formulations such as syrups, injections, or the like. Also, there can be prepared formulations for transdermal administration such as patchings, cataplasms, ointments (including creams), plasters, tapes, lotions, liquids and solutions, suspensions, emulsions, sprays, and the like. As for a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, a variety of organic or inorganic carrier substances, which have been conventionally employed as formulation materials, is used and compounded as a bulking agent, a lubricant, a binding agent, and a disintegrator in solid formulations; a vehicle, a solubilizing agent, a suspending agent, an isotonicity agent, a buffering agent, and an analgesic in liquid formulations. If necessary, formulation excipients such as a preservative, an antioxidant, a stabilizer, a coloring agent, a sweetening agent, and the like can be used. Preferred examples of the bulking agent include lactose, sucrose, D-mannitol, starch, crystalline cellulose, light anhydrous silicic acid, and the like. Preferred examples of the lubricant include magnesium stearate, potassium stearate, talc, colloidal silica, and the like. Preferred examples of the binding agent include crystalline cellulose, α-starch, sucrose, D-mannitol, dextrin, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, and the like. Preferred examples of the disintegrator include starch, carboxymethyl cellulose, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, sodium carboxymethyl starch, low-substituted hydroxypropyl cellulose, and the like. Preferred examples of the vehicle include water for injection, alcohol, propylene glycol, macrogol, sesame oil, corn oil, and the like. If necessary, for the purpose of taste masking, enteric coating, or prolonged action, oral formulations can be prepared by coating by a per se known method. Examples of this coating agent include hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, polyoxyethylene glycol, Tween 80, Pluronic F68 [polyoxyethylene (160) polyoxypropylene (30) glycol], cellulose acetate phthalate, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose phthalate, hydroxymethyl cellulose acetate phthalate, Eudragit (manufactured by Rohm Company, methacrylic acid- acrylic acid copolymer) , and the like. Preferred examples of the solubilizing agent include polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, benzyl benzoate, ethanol, trisamiomethane, cholesterol, triethanolamine, sodium carbonate, sodium citrate, and the like. Preferred examples of the suspending agent include surface active agents such as stearyltriethanolamine, sodium lauryl sulfate, laurylammopropionic acid, lecithin, benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, glycerin monostearate, and the like; hydrophilic, high molecular substances such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, and the like; and so on.. Preferred examples of the isotonicity agent include sodium chloride, glycerin, D- mannitol, and the like. Preferred examples of the buffering agent include buffer solutions of a phosphate, an acetate, a carbonate, a citrate, or the like. Preferable examples of the analgesic include benzyl alcohol and the like. Preferred examples of the preservative include paraoxybenzoic acid esters, chlorobutanol, benzyl alcohol, phenethyl alcohol, dehydroacetic acid, sorbic acid, and the like. Preferred examples of the antioxidant include sulfites, ascorbic acid, and the like.
The following examples and experiments describe the manner and process of making and using the present invention and are illustrative rather than limiting. It is to be understood that there may be other embodiments which fall within the spirit and scope of the present invention as defined by the claims appended hereto. Example 1 Δ^-Mesityl-N7, N7-dipropyl-l , 3-benzothiazole-2, 7-diamine :
Figure imgf000099_0001
N2-Mesityl-7-nitro-l , 3-benzothiazol-2-amine : A mixture of 2.25 g (12.5 mmol) of 3- nitrophenylisothiocyanate and 1.4 mL (10 mmol) of mesityl amine in 10 mL of methanol was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and dried to give a quantitative yield of l-(3- nitrophenyl) -3- (mesityl) thiourea. To 1.8 g (5.7 mmol) of the thiourea thus prepared slurried in 20 mL of CC1 was added 0.35 mL (6.9 mmol) of bromine. The mixture was heated at reflux for 4 h, allowed to cool to room temperature and diluted with dichloromethane. This solution was washed successively with saturated sodium bicarbonate, water and brine before being dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was filtered, concentrated in vacuo and the resulting crude title compound was obtained in quantitative yield and was used without further purification.
MS Calcd.: 313; Found: 314 (M+H) .
N2-Mesityl-1 , 3-benzothiazole-2, 7-diamine : To a solution of 1.8 g (5.7 mmol) of N2-mesityl-7- nitro-1, 3-benzothiazol-2-amine in 7.2 mL of glacial acetic acid and 25 mL of ethanol was added 1.8 g (32 mmol) of iron powder. The resulting solution was heated at reflux for 18 h before being cooled to room temperature. The slurry was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to a brown solid. The solid was slurried in water, collected by filtration and purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 33% hexanes/ethyl acetate mixture to give 0.9 g (55%) of the title compound as a tan powder. MS Calcd.: 283; Found: 284 (M+H).
2V -Mesityl-I\77, N7-dipropyl-l , 3-benzothiazole-2, 7-diamine: To 0.125 g (0.44 mmol) of N -mesityl-l , 3- benzothiazole-2, 7-diamine and 0.16 mL (2.2 mmol) of propionaldehyde in 5 mL of dichloroethane was added one drop of glacial acetic acid and 0.28 g (1.3 mmol) of sodium triacetoxyborohydride. The mixture was heated to 50 °C for 1 h and concentrated in vacuo . The crude solid was purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 2% methanol/dichloromethane mixture to give 0.016 g (10%) of 99
the title compound as a tan powder. XH NMR (CDCI3) δ 0.73 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 6H) , 1.31-1.40 (m, 4H) , 2.23 (s, 6H), 2.26 (s, 3H) , 2.94-2.98 (m, 4H) , 6.67 (t, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (s, 2H) , 7.14-7.17 (m, 2H) . MS Calcd.: 367; Found: 368 (M+H).
Compounds of Examples 2-6 shown in Table 1, were prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 1. Compounds 2 and 3 were purified by reverse phase HPLC (CH3CN containing 0.1%TFA /water containing 0.1%TFA) to obtain TFA salts.
Tablel
Figure imgf000101_0001
O 2005/044 100
Figure imgf000102_0001
Example 7 N2-Mesityl-N7,N7-dipropyl [1, 3] thiazolo [4, 5-b] pyridine-2, 7- diamine:
Figure imgf000102_0002
2-Chloro-Z\f? N4-dipropylpyridin-4-amine : A mixture of 0.65 g (5.1 mmol) of 4-amino-2- chloropyridine and 1.8 mL (25 mmol) of propionaldehyde in 5 mL of dichloroethane was treated with two drops of glacial acetic acid and 3.2 g (15 mmol) of sodium triacetoxyborohydride. The mixture was heated to 50 °C for 1 h and an additional 0.9 L (12.5 mmol) of propionaldehyde and 1.6 g (7.5 mmol) of sodium triacetoxyborohydride was added. The mixture was heated at 50 °C for an additional 36 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and 0.15 g (4 mmol) of sodium borohydride was added. The reaction was heated to 80 °C for 1 h and cooled to room temperature. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and was washed successively with water and brine before being dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was filtered, concentrated in vacuo and the resulting crude oil was purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 80% hexanes/ethyl acetate mixture to give 0.41 g (38%) of the title compound as a colorless oil. XH NMR (CDC13) δ 0.91 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 6H) , 1.53-1.62 (m, 4H) , 3.20 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 4H) , 6.32 (dd, J = 2.5, 6.0 Hz, 3H) , 6.39 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H) , 7.89 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H) .
N2-Diphenylmethylene-N4,i\ 4-dipropylpyridine-2 , 4-diamine: A mixture of 0.52 g (2.4 mmol) of 2-chloro-.N*,tf4- dipropylpyridin-4-amine, 0.076 g (0.12 mmol) of racemic 2, 2' -bis (diphenylphosphino) -1, 1' -binaphtyl (BINAP) , 0.33 g (3.4 mmol) of sodium tert-butoxide and 0.027 g (0.12 mmol) of palladium (II) acetate in 25 mL of toluene was treated with 0.49 mL (2.9 mmol) of benzophenone imine and heated to 85 °C for 18 h. The crude reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, filtered through a pad of celite and purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 33% hexanes/ethyl acetate mixture to give 0.65 g (75%) of the title compound as a golden oil. MS Calcd.: 357; Found: 358 (M+H).
N4,iV4-Dipropylpyridine-2 , 4-diamine : To 0.235 g (0.66 mmol) of I^-diphenylmethylene-N , ^/4- dipropylpyridine-2, 4-diamine in 9 mL of methanol was added 0.13 g (1.6 mmol) of sodium acetate followed by 0.082 g (1.2 mmol) of hydroxylamine hydrochloride . The resulting clear golden reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 45 min and concentrated in vacuo . The crude solids were slurried in dichloromethane, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The resulting oil was purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 13% to 20% methanol/dichloromethane gradient containing 2% triethylamine to give 0.106 g (83%) of the title compound as a white solid.
MS Calcd.: 193; Found: 194 (M+H).
1- [4- (Dipropylamino) pyridin-2-yl] -3-mesitylthiourea: To 0.106 g (0.0.55 mmol) of N^lV^-dipropylpyridine- 2, 4-diamine in 10 mL of methanol was added 0.117 g (0.66 mmol) of mesitylisothiocyanate . The mixture was heated at reflux for 24 h, diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated in vacuo and the resulting crude solid was purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 85% hexanes/ethyl acetate mixture to give 0.044 g (22%) of the title compound as a white solid.
MS Calcd.: 370; Found: 371 (M+H).
N2-Mesityl-N7,N -dipropyl [1, 3] thiazolo [4, 5-j]pyridine-2, 7- diamine: To 0.040 g (0.11 mmol) of 1- [4- (Dipropylamino) pyridin-
2-yl] -3-mesitylthiourea in 2 mL of glacial acetic acid was added 6.1 μL (0.12 mmol) of bromine. After 30 min at room temperature, an additional 2 μL of bromine was added. The reaction mixture was concentrated after 2 h and washed with ethyl acetate/hexanes . The organics were concentrated and the resulting oil was purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 4% methanol/dichloromethane mixture to give
0.020 g (50%) of the title compound as a light yellow powder.
^H NMR (DMS0- 6) δ 0.84 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 6H) , 1.50-1.56 (m,
4H), 2.17 (s, 6H) , 2.27 (s, 3H) , 3.30 (s, 4H) , 6.34 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 1H) , 6.98 (s, 2H) , 7.88 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 1H) , 9.55
(br s, 1H) .
MS Calcd.: 368; Found: 369 (M+H).
Example 8 N2- (1-Phenylethyl) -N7,N7-dipropyl-l , 3-benzothiazole-2, 7- diamine :
Figure imgf000106_0001
(A) ph EtCHO. AcOH, ; NH NaBH(OAc)3, DCE, 38%
Figure imgf000106_0002
Figure imgf000106_0003
(B) (C) (D)
2-Chloro-7-nitro-l, 3-benzothiazole (A) : To 0.195 g (1.0 mmol) of 7-nitro-l, 3-benzothiazol-2- amine and 0.336 g (2.5 mmol) of cupric chloride in 2 mL of
N,I\7-dimethylformamide (DMF) was added dropwise 0.15 mL
(1.25 mmol) of tert-butyl nitrite. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 24 h, poured into water, and the resulting precipitate was collected and dried to give 0.163 g (76%) of the title compound as a tan powder.
MS Calcd.: 215; Found: 214 (M-H) .
7-Nitro-N2- (1-phenylethyl) - 1, 3-benzothiazol-2-amine (B) : To 0.160 g (0.75 mmol) of 2-chloro-7-nitro-l, 3- benzothiazole in 2 mL of l-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (NMP) was added 0.29 μL (2.2 mmol) of racemic α-methylbenzylamine . The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 h, diluted with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 25% ethyl acetate/hexanes mixture to give 0.165 g (74%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid which was used without further analysis in the subsequent step.
N2- (1-Phenylethyl) -1, 3-benzothiazole-2, 7-diamine (C) : To 0.165 g (0.55 mmol) of 7-nitro-N2- (1-phenylethyl) - 1, 3-benzothiazol-2-amine in 10 mL of DMF was added 0.62 g (2.8 mmol) of stannous chloride dihydrate. The reaction was heated to 80 °C for 48 h and neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate. The mixture was filtered through celite and extracted with ethyl acetate. The extracts were dried in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 50-75% ethyl acetate/hexanes gradient mixture to give 0.016 g (11%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid. MS Calcd.: 269; Found: 270 (M+H).
N2- (1-Phenylethyl) -N7, N7-dipropyl-l , 3-benzothiazole-2, 7- diamine (D) : To 0.016 g (0.059 mmol) of IV2- (1-phenylethyl) -1, 3- benzothiazole-2, 7-diamine and 21 μL (0.30 mmol) of propionaldehyde in 2 mL of dichloroethane was added one drop of glacial acetic acid and 0.038 g (0.18 mmol) of sodium triacetoxyborohydride. The mixture was heated to 50 °C for 3 h and concentrated in vacuo . The crude solid was purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 25% ethyl acetate/hexanes mixture to give 0.008 g (38%) of the title compound as a light golden colored oil. MS Calcd.: 353; Found: 354 (M+H).
Example 9
2-Morpholin-4-yl--V/._V-dipropyl-l, 3-benzothiazol-7-amine:
Figure imgf000108_0001
2-Morpholin-4-yl-7-nitro-l, 3-benzothiazole: To 0.200 g (0.77 mmol) of 2-bromo-7-nitro-l, 3- benzothiazole in 2 mL of DMF was added 0.21 g (1.5 mmol) of potassium carbonate and 81 μL (0.93 mmol) of morpholine.
The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 h and diluted with water. The precipitate that formed was collected by filtration and purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 33% ethyl acetate/hexanes mixture to give 0.075 g (37%) of the title compound as a cream colored powder.
MS Calcd.: 265; Found: 266 (M+H).
2-Morpholin-4-yl-l, 3-benzothiazol-7-amine : To 0.075 g (0.28 mmol) of 2-morpholin-4-yl-7-nitro- 1, 3-benzothiazole in 6 mL of tetrahydrofuran (THF) was added a pipet tip of Raney nickel. The reaction was kept under a hydrogen atmosphere via a balloon and stirred at room temperature for 5 h. The catalyst was removed via filtration and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo . Purification by flash chromatography failed to provide clean B so the 0.022 g (33%) of material thus isolated was used without further purification.
2-Morpholin-4-yl-I\J,-V-dipropyl-l, 3-benzothiazol-7-amine : To 0.022 g (0.094 mmol) of 2-morpholin-4-yl-l, 3- benzothiazol-7-amine and 40 μL (0.56 mmol) of propionaldehyde in 2 mL of dichloroethane was added one drop of glacial acetic acid and 0.064 g (0.30 mmol) of sodium triacetoxyborohydride. The mixture was heated to 50 °C for 5 h and concentrated in vacuo . The crude solid was purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 17% ethyl acetate/hexanes mixture to give 0.009 g (30%) of the title compound as a light golden colored oil. MS Calcd/: 319; Found: 320 (M+H) .
Example 10
N- (7- (Dipropylamino) -1, 3-benzothiazol-2-yl) -2,4,6- trimethylbenzamide :
Figure imgf000109_0001
(3-Nitrophenyl) thiourea: To 7.20 g (40 mmol) of 3-nitrophenylisothiocyanate in 25 mL of methanol was added 28.5 mL (200 mmol) of 7 N ammonia in methanol. After 30 min., the slurry was concentrated to give 7.9 g (100%) of the title compound as a yellow-orange powder that did not require further purification. MS Calcd.: 197; Found: 198 (M+H).
7-Nitro-l, 3-benzothiazol-2-amine : To 0.60 g (3.0 mmol) of (3-nitrophenyl) thiourea in 25 mL of carbon tetrachloride was added 0.17 mL (3.4 mmol) of bromine in 10 mL of carbon tetrachloride dropwise over 1 h. The mixture was heated to reflux for 18 h, cooled to room temperature and the precipitate that formed was collected by filtration. The precipitate was slurried in glacial acetic acid and the solids were collected by filtration. The solids thus obtained were slurried in water and saturated potassium carbonate was added until the pH was about 9. The free base was collected by filtration to give 0.30 g (51%) of the title compound as a light orange solid. MS Calcd.: 195; Found: 196 (M+H).
2,4, 6-Trimethyl-N- (7-nitro-l, 3-benzothiazol-2-yl) benzamide : To 0.089 g (0.46 mmol) of 7-nitro-l, 3-benzothiazol-2- amine in 1 mL of pyridine was added 0.17 g (0.91 mmol) of 2, 4, 6-trimethylbenzoyl chloride. The mixture was heated to 75 °C for 18 h and the volatiles were removed in vacuo . The residue was washed with water and 1 N hydrochloric acid, dissolved in ethyl acetate, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated in vacuo and the resulting crude solid was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 25% ethyl acetate/hexanes mixture to give 0.103 g (66%) of the title compound as a tan solid. 1H NMR (DMS0-d5) δ 2.21 (s, 6H) , 2.26 (s, 3H) , 6.95 (s, 2H) , 7.72 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H) , 8.20 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H) , 8.31 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H) , 12.98 (s, 1H) . MS Calcd.: 341; Found: 342 (M+H).
N- (7-Amino-1, 3-benzothiazol-2-yl) -2, 4, 6-trimethylbenzamide: To 0.200 (0.586 mmol) of 2, 4, 6-trimethyl-W- (7-nitro-
1, 3-benzothiazol-2-yl) benzamide in 5 mL of THF was added a pipet tip of Raney nickel. The. reaction was kept under a hydrogen atmosphere via a balloon and stirred at room temperature for 90 min. The catalyst was removed via filtration and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give a burnt orange solid. The resulting crude solid was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 25% ethyl acetate/hexanes mixture to give 0.118 g (65%) of the title compound as a light yellow powder. MS Calcd.: 311; Found: 312 (M+H).
N- (7- (Dipropylamino) -1, 3-benzothiazol-2-yl) -2, 4, 6- trimethylbenzamide: To 0.118 g (0.379 mmol) of N- (7-amino-l, 3- benzothiazol-2-yl) -2, 4, 6-trimethylbenzamide and 0.14 mL (1.9 mmol) of propionaldehyde in 5 mL of dichloroethane was added one drop of glacial acetic acid and 0.24 g (1.1 mmol) of sodium triacetoxyborohydride. The mixture was heated to 50 °C for 3 h and an additional 0.14 L of propionaldehyde was added. The reaction was heated at 50 °C for 18 h and concentrated in vacuo . The crude solid was purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 13% ethyl acetate/hexanes mixture to give 0.080 g (53%) of the title compound as a cream colored powder. MS Calcd.: 395; Found: 396 (M+H).
Example 11
2- (2, 4-Dimethylphenoxy) -N^N-dipropyl-1 , 3-benzothiazol-7- amine:
Figure imgf000112_0001
2-Bromo-7-nitro-l, 3-benzothiazole To a suspension of 7-nitro-l, 3-benzothiazol-2-ylamine (1.80 g, 9.22 mmol) in acetic acid (AcOH) (20 ml) was added 48% hydrogen bromide in H20 (10 ml) with ice-cooling. Bromine (0.157 ml) was added dropwise followed by sodium nitrite (177 mg, 23.9 mmol) in H20 (1 ml). The temperature was kept at 0 to 5 °C. The mixture was stirred for 2 h with ice-cooling and then was made alkaline by dropwise addition of 6N NaOH solution. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum to give 1.91 g of the title compound. XH-NMR (CDC13) δ 7.68 (1H, m) , 8.33 (1H, m) , 8.43 (1H, m) . MS Calcd: 257; Found: 258 (M-H) , 260.
2- (2, 4-Dimethylphenoxy) -7-nitro-l, 3-benzothiazole A mixture of 2-bromo-7-nitro-l, 3-benzothiazole (200 mg, 0.772 mmol), 2, 4-dimethylphenol (0.093 ml, 0.772 mmol) and potassium carbonate (128 mg, 0.772 mmol) in DMF (10 ml) was stirred at 80 °C for 15 h. The mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (AcOEt) . The extract was washed with saturated NaHC03 solution and brine, dried over Magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by chromatography eluting with 10% AcOEt in n-hexane to afford 226 mg of the title compound. XH- MR (CDCI3) δ 2.26 (3H, s) , 2.38 (3H, s) , 7.10-7.20 (3H, m) , 7.55 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 8.02 (1H, dd, J=0.8, 8.0 Hz), 8.24 (1H, dd, J=0.8, 8.0 Hz). MS Calcd: 300; Found: 301 (M+H) .
2- (2, 4-Dimethylphenoxy) -1, 3-benzothiazol-7-amine A mixture of 2- (2, 4-dimethylphenoxy) -7-nitro-l, 3- benzothiazole (220 mg, 0.733 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (694 mg, 3.66 mmol) in DMF (10 ml) was stirred at 80 °C for 15 h and diluted with saturated NaHC03 solution. The aqueous solution was extracted with AcOEt. The extract was washed with brine, dried over Magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by chromatography eluting with 10% AcOEt in n-hexane to afford 226 mg of the title compound. 1H-N R (CDC13) δ 2.26 (3H, s) , 2.36 (3H, s) , 3.70 (2H, s) , 6.61 (1H, dd, J=1.6, 8.0 Hz),. 7.08 (1H, d, J=8.0Hz), 7.11 (1H, m) , 7.17 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.22 (1H, d, J=8.0Hz), 7.24 (1H, d, J=1.6 Hz) . MS Calcd: 270; Found: 271 (M+H) .
2- (2, 4-Dimethylphenoxy) -N,I\/-dipropyl-l , 3-benzothiazol-7- amine To a solution of 2- (2, -dimethylphenoxy) -1, 3- benzothiazol-7-amine (54 mg, 0.200 mmol) in dichloromethane (DCM) (3 ml) was added propionaldehyde (0.058 ml, 0.799 mmol) followed after 30 min by sodium triacetoxyborohydride (169 mg, 0.799 mmol) and AcOH (0.023 ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 h. The reaction was quenched with saturated NaHC03 solution. The aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane. The extract was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by chromatography eluting with 2% AcOEt in n-hexane to afford 57 mg of the title compound. αH-NMR (CDC13) δ 0.85 (6H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 1.40-1.55 (4H, m) , 2.62 (3H, s), 3.25 (3H, s) , 3.08 ,(4H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 6.87 (1H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.06 (1H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.10 (1H, s) , 7.16 (1H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.27 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.37 (1H, d, J=8.0 Hz) . MS Calcd: 354; Found: 355 (M+H) .
Examples 12-14
Example 12 2- [ (2, 4-Dimethylphenyl) thio] -N,I\/-dipropyl-l , 3-benzothiazol- 7-amine (A)
Example 13
2- [ (2, 4-Dimethylphenyl) sulfinyl] -7V,N-dipropyl-l , 3- benzothiazol-7-amine (B) Example 14
2- [ (2 , 4-Dimethylphenyl ) sulfonyl] -N,N-dipropyl-l , 3- benzothiazol-7-amine (C)
Figure imgf000116_0001
2- [ (2, 4-Dimethylphenyl) thio] -iV,_V-dipropyl-l, 3-benzothiazol-
7-amine (A) Compound (A) was prepared in a manner similar to that described in example 11. ^-NMR (CDC13) δ 0.79 (6H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 1.35-1.50 (4H, m) ,
2.40 (3H, s), 2.48 (3H, s) , 3.05 (4H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 6.82
(IH, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.11 (IH, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.21 (IH, s) ,
7.29 (IH, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.48 (IH, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.61 (IH, d,
J=8.0 Hz) . MS Calcd: 370; Found: 371 (M+l) .
2- [ (2, 4-Dimethylphenyl) sulfinyl] -N N-dipropyl-l , 3- benzothiazol-7-amine (B) 3-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid (MCPBA) (20 mg, 0.0810 mmol) was added to a solution of 2- [(2, 4- dimethylphenyl) thio] -N,N-dipropyl-l , 3-benzothiazol-7-amine (30 mg, 0.0810 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h and diluted with saturated NaHCθ3. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by chromatography eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane to afford 16 mg of the title compound.
1H-NMR (CDC13) δ 0.81 (6H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 1.20-1.30 (2H, m) , 1.85-2.00 (2H, m) , 2.36 (3H, s) , 2.49 (3H, s) , 3.40-3.60 (4H, m) , 6.98 (IH, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.06 (IH, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.16 (IH, s), 7.39 (IH, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.60 (IH, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.79 (IH, d, J=8.0 Hz). MS Calcd: 386; Found: 387 (M+H) .
2- [ (2, 4-Dimethylphenyl) sulfonyl] -_V,_V-dipropyl-l/.3- benzothiazol-7-amine (C) MCPBA (50 mg, 0.202 mmol) was added to a solution of 2- ( (2, 4-dimethylphenyl) thio) -I\J,N-dipropyl~l , 3-benzothiazol- 7-amine (30 mg, 0.081 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h and diluted with saturated NaHC03 solution. The organic layer 116
was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by chromatography eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane to afford 6.4 mg of the title compound.
^H-NMR (CDC13) δ 0.83 (6H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 1.10-1.20 (2H, m) ,
1.95-2.05 (2H, m) , 2.38 (3H, s) , 2.70 (3H, s) , 3.45-3.70 (4H, m) , 7.11 (IH, s) , 7.22 (IH, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.27 (IH, d,
J=8.0 Hz), 7.58 (IH, t, J=8.0 Hz), 8.12 (IH, d, J=8.0 Hz),
8.16 (IH, d, J=8.0 Hz) .
MS Calcd: 402; Found: 403 (M+H) .
Example 15
N2-Mesityl-4-methyl-N7 N7-dipropyl-l , 3-benzothiazole-2 , 7- di amine
Figure imgf000118_0001
4-Methyl-3-nitro) -N, -dipropylaniline To a solution of 4-methyl-3-nitroaniline (2.00 g, 13.1 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 ml) was added propionaldehyde (3.79 ml, 52.6 mmol) followed after 30 min by sodium triacetoxyborohydride (11.1 g, 52.6 mmol) and AcOH (0.75 ml) . The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 h. The reaction was quenched with saturated NaHC03 solution. The aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane. The extract was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by chromatography eluting with 2% AcOEt in n- hexane to afford 2.50 g of the title compound. 1H-NMR (CDC13) δ 0.93 (6H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 1.50-1.65 (4H, ) , 2.44 (3H, s), 3.24 (4H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 6.74 (IH, dd, J=2.8, 8.8 Hz), 7.09 (IH, d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.18 (IH, d, J=2.8 Hz). MS Calcd: 236; Found: 237 (M+H) .
4-Methyl -Nz .WI-dipropyl-benzene-1, 3-diamine A mixture of 4-methyl-3-nitro-N, N-dipropylaniline
(2.49 g, 10.5 mmol) and 10% Pd on carbon (1.00 g) in AcOEt (50 ml) was hydrogenated for 18 h. The catalyst was removed by filtration through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by chromatography eluting with 10% AcOEt in n-hexane to afford 689 mg of the title compound. αH-NMR (CDCI3) δ 0.85-0.95 (6H, m) , 1.45-1.60 (4H, m) , 2.07 (3H, s), 3.16 (4H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 3.50 (2H, ) , 6.01 (IH, d,
J=2.8 Hz), 6.07 (IH, dd, J=28, 8.0 Hz), 6.85 (IH, d, J=8.0
Hz) .
MS Calcd: 206; Found: 207 (M+H) . ' 1- (5-Dipropylamino-2-methylphenyl) -3-mesityl thiourea A mixture of 4-Methyl-NI ,N1-dipropyl-benzene-l , 3- diamine (200 mg, 0.970 mmol) and 2,4,6- trimethylphenylisothiocyanate (215 mg, 1.21 mmol) in methanol (2 ml) was refluxed for 18 h. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was triturated with methanol. The solid was collected by filtration and washed with methanol to afford 261 mg of the title compound. XH-NMR (CDC13) δ 0.92 (6H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 1.56 (6H, s) , 1.50-1.65 (4H, m) , 2.22 (3H, s) , 2.26, 2.27 (3H, s) , 2.30- 2.40 (4H, m)-, 6.57, 6.60 (IH, s) , 6.80-6.90 (2H, m) , 7.15, 7.26 (IH, s) , 7.52 (IH, s) . MS Calcd: 383; Found: 384 (M+H) .
I\72-Mesityl-4-methyl-i\J7,N7-dipropyl-l, 3-benzothiazole-2, 7- diamine To a mixture of 1- (5-dipropylamino-2-methylphenyl) -3- mesitylthiourea (100 mg, 0.261 mmol) in carbon tetrachloride (10 ml) was added dropwise bromine (0.015 ml, 0.287 mmol) in carbon tetrachloride (5 ml) over 30 min. The mixture was refluxed for 18 h and diluted with water. The aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane. The extract was washed with water and brine and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by chromatography eluting with 10% AcOEt in n-hexane to afford 39 mg of the 119
title compound. XH-NMR (CDCI3) δ 0.76-0.82 (6H, m) , 1.25-1.45 (4H, m) , 1.5* (3H, s), 2.29 (3H, s) , 2.30 (3H, s) , 2.52 (3H, s) , 2.90- 2.99 (4H, m) , 6.71 (IH, d, J=8.0 Hz), 6.95 (IH, m) , 6.9* (2H, s), 7.04 (IH, d, J=8.0 Hz). MS Calcd: 381; Found: 382 (M+H) .
Example 16
N2- (2, 4-Dimethylphenyl) -4-methyl-N7,N7-diρropyl-l , 3- benzothiazole-2, 7-diamine
Figure imgf000121_0001
The compound of example 16 was prepared in a manner similar to that described in example 15. MS Calcd: 367; Found: 368 (M+H) .
Examples 17 and 18
Example 17
N2-Mesityl-6-methyl-N7,N7-dipropyl-l, 3-benzothiazole-2, 7- diamine, and Example 18 4-Ethoxy-N2-mesityl-6-methyl-N7,N7-dipropyl-l, 3- benzothiazole-2 , 7-diamine
Figure imgf000122_0001
4-Isothiocyanato-1-methyl-2-nitrobenzene To a mixture of 4-methyl-3-nitroaniline (1.00 g, 6.57 mmol) and triethylamine (2.75 ml, 19.7 mmol) in THF (150 ml, 7.23 mmol) was added dropwise thiophosgene (0.55 ml) at 0 °C. After addition, the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 15 h. The mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ether. The extract was washed with water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum to afford 1.04 g of the title compound. 1H-NMR (CDCI3) δ 2.60 (3H, s) , 7.30-7.40 (2H, m) , 7.83 (IH, m) .
3-Mesityl-l- (4-methyl-3-nitrophenyl) thiourea A mixture of 4-isothiocyanato-l-methyl-2-nitrobenzene (500 mg, 2.58 mmol) and 2, 4, 6-trimethylaniline (0.329 ml, 2.34 mmol) in methanol (10ml) was refluxed for 4 h. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was triturated with ether. The resulting solid was collected by filtration to afford 550 mg of the title compound. XH-NMR (CDC13) δ 2.31 (6H, s) , 2.33 (3H,. s) , 2.58 (3H, s) , 7.05 (IH, s), 7.30 (IH, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.52 (IH, s) , 7.79 (IH, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.93 (IH, s) . MS Calcd: 329; Found: 330 (M+H) .
I\7-Mesityl-6-methyl-7-nitro-l, 3-benzothiazol-2-amine To a mixture of 3-mesityl-l- (4-methyl-3- nitrophenyl) thiourea (500 mg, 1.52 mmol) in carbon tetrachloride (25 ml) was added dropwise bromine (0.097 ml, 1.90 mmol) in carbon tetrachloride (10 ml) over 1 h. The mixture was refluxed for 18 h and diluted with water. The aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane. The extract was washed with water and brine and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was triturated with ether. The resulting solid was collected by filtration to afford 225 mg of the title compound.
XH-NMR (CDCI3) δ 2.30 (6H, s) , 2.35 (3H, s) , 2.75 (3H, s) , 7.01 (2H, s), 7.17 (IH, bs) , 7.28 (IH, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.62 (IH, d, J=8.0 Hz) .
MS Calcd: 327; Found: 328 (M+H) .
I^-Mesityl-δ-methyl-N^I^-dipropyl-l , 3-benzothiazole-2, 7- diamine (A) and 4-Ethoxy-IV2-mesityl-6-methyl-IV7,N7-dipropyl-l , 3- benzothiazole-2, 7-diamine (B) To a solution of N-mesityl-6-methyl-7-nitro-l , 3- benzothiazol-2-amine (210 mg, 0.641 mmol) in ethanol was added tin (II) chloride dihydrate (608 mg, 3.21 mmol). The mixture was refluxed for 15 h. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was diluted with saturated NaHC03 solution. The aqueous solution was extracted with AcOEt. The extract was washed with brine dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 ml) . To this solution was added propionaldehyde (0.087 ml, 1.21 mmol) followed after 30 min by sodium triacetoxyborohydride (257 mg, 1.21 mmol) and AcOH (0.035 ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The reaction was quenched with saturated NaHC03 solution. The aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane. The extract was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by chromatography eluting with 10% AcOEt in n-hexane to afford 7.1 mg of compound (A) and 11.9 mg of compound (B) . Compound (A) :
XH-NMR (CDC13) δ 0.75-0.85 (6H, m) , 1.25-1.40 (4H, m) , 2.31 (6H, s), 2.33 (3H, s) , 2.34 (3H, s) , 2.90 (4H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 6.99 (2H, s), 7.06 (IH, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.15 (IH, d, J=8.0 Hz) , 7.50 (IH, ) . 123
MS Calcd: 381; Found: 382 (M+H) . Compound (B) :
^H-NMR (CDC13) δ 0.75-0.85 (6H, m) , 1.25-1.35 (4H, m) , 1.53 (3H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 2.29 (6H, s) , 2.33 (6H, s) , 2.84 (4H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 4.18 (2H, q, J=7.2 Hz), 6.60 (IH, s) , 6.75 (IH, m) , 6.98 (2H, s) . MS Calcd: 425; Found: 426 (M+H) .
Example 19 _V2-Mesityl-5-methyl-iV7,i\7'7-dipropyl-l, 3-benzothiazole-2, 7- diamine
Figure imgf000125_0001
Methyl 2-mesitylamino-7-nitro-l, 3-benzothiazole-5- carboxylate (A) and Methyl 2-mesitylamino-5-nitro-l, 3- benzothiazole-7-carboxylate (B) To a mixture of methyl 3- [ [ (mesitylamino) carbonothioyl] amino] -5-nitrobenzoate ( 1.65 g, 4.42 mmol), which was prepared in a manner similar to that described in example 14, in carbon tetrachloride (50 ml) was added dropwise bromine (0.283 ml, 1.25 mmol) in carbon tetrachloride (20 ml) over 1 h. The mixture was refluxed for 18 h and diluted with water. The aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane. The extract was washed with water and brine and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by chromatography eluting with 20% AcOEt in n-hexane to afford 707 mg of compound (A) and 450 mg of compound (B) . Compound (A) :
1H-N R (CDC13) δ 2.30 (6H, s) , 2.36 (3H, s) , 3.99 (3H, s) , 7.04 (2H, s), 8.41 (IH, d, J=l .6 Hz), 8.70 (IH, d, J=l .6 Hz) .
MS Calcd: 371; Found: 372 (M+H) .
Compound (B) :
1H-NMR (CDCI3) δ 2.29 (6H, s) , 2.35 (3H, s) , 3.98 (3H, s) ,
7.01 (2H, s), 8.46 (IH, d, J=2.2 Hz), 8.62 (IH, d, J=2.2 Hz) .
MS Calcd: 371; Found: 372 (M+H) .
(2-Mesitylamino-7-nitro-l, 3-benzothiazol-5-yl) ethanol (C) To a solution of methyl 2-mesitylamino-7-nitro-l, 3- benzothiazole-5-carboxylate (350 mg, 0.942 mmol) in ethyl ether (6 ml) was added 2.0 M solution of lithium borohydride in tetrahydrofuran (THF) (1.41 ml, 2.82 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15h. The reaction was quenched with saturated NHC1 solution. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl ether. The extract was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by chromatography eluting with 20% AcOEt in n-hexane to afford 189 mg of the title compound. 2H-NMR (CDC13) δ 2.28 (6H, s) , 2.38 (3H, s) , 4.94 (2H, s) , 7.06 (2H, s), 8.25-8.35 (3H, m) . MS Calcd: 343; Found: 344 (M+H) .
5-Chloromethyl-N-mesityl-7-nitro-1, 3-benzothiazol-2-amine (D) Thionyl chloride (0.191 ml, 2.62 mmol) was added to a solution of (2-mesitylamino-7-nitro-l, 3-benzothiazol-5- yl)methanol (180 mg, 0.524 mmol) in chloroform. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h and at 60 °C for 24 h. The mixture was poured into water and neutralized with saturated NaHC03 solution. The aqueous solution was extracted with AcOEt. The extract was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by chromatography eluting with 20% AcOEt in n-hexane to afford 122 mg of the title compound.
XH-NMR (CDCI3) δ 2.29 (6H, s) , 2.36 (3H, s) , 4.67 (2H, s) , 7.03 (2H, s), 7.80 (IH, d, J=l .6 Hz), 8.08 (IH, d, J=l .6 Hz) . MS Calcd: 361; Found: 362 (M+H), 364. 5-methyl-N-mesityl-7-nitro-l, 3-benzothiazol-2-amine (E) To a solution of 5-chloromethyl-N-mesityl-7-nitro-l, 3- benzothiazol-2-amine (120 mg, 0.332 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) (2 ml) was added sodium borohydride (25 mg, 0.663 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h and diluted with water and neutralized with IN HC1 solution. The aqueous solution was extracted with AcOEt. The extract was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by chromatography eluting with 2% AcOEt in n- hexane to afford 45 mg of the title compound. XH-NMR (CDC13) δ 2.28 (6H, s) , 2.37 (3H, s), 2.60 (3H, s) , 7.05 (2H, s), 8.01 (IH, s) , 8.16 (IH, s) , 8.28 (IH, s) . MS Calcd: 327; Found: 328 (M+H) .
N2-Mesityl-5-methyl-l , 3-benzothiazole-2, 7-diamine (F) A mixture of 5-methyl-N-mesity-7-nitro-l , 3- benzothiazol-2-amine (45 mg, 0.137 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (124 mg, 0.550 mmol) in DMF (2 ml) was heated at 80 °C for 1 h. The mixture was poured into ice and the pH was made slightly basic (pH 7-8) by addition of IN NaOH solution. The aqueous solution was extracted with AcOEt. The extract was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by chromatography eluting with 20% AcOEt in n-hexane to afford 10 mg of the title compound. MS Calcd: 297; Found: 298 (M+H) .
N2-Mesityl-5-methyl-N7 -V7-dipropyl-l , 3-benzothiazole-2, 7- diamine (G) To a solution of N^-mesityl-δ-methyl-l , 3- benzothiazole-2, 7-diamine (10 mg, 0.0336) in dichloromethane (1 ml) was added propionaldehyde (0.012 ml,
0.168 mmol) followed after 30 min by sodium triacetoxyborohydride (29 mg, 0.135 mmol) and AcOH (0.0039 ml) . The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h.
The reaction was quenched with saturated NaHC03 solution.
The aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane.
The extract was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was triturated with n-hexane. The resulting solid was collected by filtration to afford 6.8 mg of the title compound.
XH-NMR (CDC13) δ 0.80-1.00 (6H, m) , 1.35-1.45 (4H, m) , 2.29
(6H, s), 2.33 (3H, s) , 2.37 (3H, s) , 2.95-3.05 (4H, m) , 6.55 (IH, s), 6.98 (2H, s) , 7.02 (IH, s) .
MS Calcd: 381; Found: 382 (M+H) .
Examples 20-23
Figure imgf000130_0001
2-Mesitylamino-5-nitro-l , 3-benzothiazole-7-carboxylic acid
(A) To a mixture of methyl 2-mesitylamino-5-nitro-l, 3- benzothiazole-7-carboxylate (230 mg, 0.619 mmol) (prepared in example 19) in methanol (5 ml) and THF (5 ml) was added 1 N. NaOH solution (2.48 ml, 2.48 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 3 h. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum and the aqueous residue was neutralized with IN HCl solution. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford 177 mg of the title compound.
1H-N R (DMS0-d6) δ 2.15 (6H, s) , 2.26 (3H, s) , 7.01 (2H, s) , 8.31 (2H, m) , 10.00 (IH, m) .
Example 20
2- (Mesitylamino) -5-nitro-I\/,I\7-dipropyl-l, 3-benzothiazole-7- carboxamide (B) To a solution of 2-mesitylamino-5-nitro-l, 3- benzothiazole-7-carboxylic acid (90 mg, 0.252 mmol) in DMF (2 ml) were added diethyl cyanophosphonate (0.042 ml, 0.277 mmol), dipropylamine (0.039 ml, 0.277 mmol) and triethylamine (0.74 ml, 0.277 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h and diluted with water.
The aqueous solution was extracted with ether. The extract was washed with brine, dried over MgS0 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by chromatography eluting with 20% AcOEt in n-hexane to afford 70 mg of the title compound.
XH-NMR (CDC13) δ 0.85-1.00 (6H, m) , 1.60-1.65 (4H, m) , 2.27 (6H, s), 2.33 (3H, s) , 3.36 (4H, m) , 6.99 (2H, s) , 7.12 (IH, m) , 7.96 (IH, d, J=l .6 Hz), 8.35 (IH, d, J=l .6 Hz).
MS Calcd: 440; Found: 441 (M+H) .
Example 21
5-Amino-2- (mesitylamino) -iV/._V-dipropyl-l, 3-benzothiazole-7- carboxamide (C) A mixture of 2- (mesitylamino) -5-nitro-N, N-dipropyl- 1, 3-benzothiazole-7-carboxamide (61 mg, 0.139 mmol) and 10% Pd on carbon (30 mg) in ethanol (10 ml) was hydrogenated for 4 h. The catalyst was removed by filtration through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by chromatography eluting with 20% AcOEt in n-hexane to afford 40 mg of the title compound. 1H-NMR (CDC13) δ 0.80-0.90 (6H, m) , 1.59 (4H, m) , 2.26 (6H, s), 2.31 (3H, s), 3.30 (4H, m) , 3.71 (2H, m) , 6.45 (IH, d, J=2.0 Hz), 6.88 (IH, d, J=2.0 Hz), 6.95 (2H, s) . MS Calcd: 410; Found: 411 (M+H) .
Example 22
5- (Acetylamino) -2- (mesitylamino) -N I7-dipropyl-l , 3- benzothiazole-7-carboxamide (D) , and Example 23
5- (Acetylamino) -2- [acetyl (mesityl) amino] -N^N-dipropyl-1 , 3- benzothiazole-7-carboxamide (E) Acetyl chloride (0.0029 ml, 0.0402 mmol) was added to a mixture of 5-amino-2- (mesitylamino) -N,I\7-dipropyl-l , 3- benzothiazole-7-carboxamide (15 mg, 0.0365 mmol) and triethyla ine (0.0056 ml, 0.0402 mmol) in THF (1 ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h and diluted with H20. The aqueous solution was extracted with ether. The extract was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by chromatography eluting with 20% AcOEt in n- hexane to afford 5.8 mg of compound (D) and 5.1 mg of compound (E) . Compound (D) : 2 131
2H-NMR (CDC13) δ 0.80-0.95 (6H, m) , 1.50-1.80 (4H, m) , 2.19 (3H,s), 2.25 (6H, s) , 2.30 (3H, s), 3.34 (4H, m) , 6.93 (2H, s) , 7.51 (2H, s) , 7.70 (IH, m) .
MS Calcd: 452; Found: 453 (M+H) .
Compound (E) : αH-NMR (CDCI3) δ 0.70-1.10 (6H. m) , 1.50-1.80 (4H, m) , 2.05 (3H, s), 2.07 (6H, s) , 2.11 (3H, s) , 2.38 (3H, s) , 3.20-
3.55 (4H, m) , 7.04 (2H, s) , 7.80 (IH, s) , 7.97 (IH, s) . .
MS Calcd: 494; Found: 495 (M+H) .
Example 24
7- ( (Dipropylamino) methyl) -N-mesityl-1 , 3-benzothiazol-2- amine :
Figure imgf000133_0001
3- ( ert-Butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl) aniline : To 1.00 g (8.1 mmol) of 3-hydroxymethylaniline in 25 mL of DMF was added 0.61 g (8.9 mmol) of imidazole and 1.35 g (8.9 mmol) of tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 h and poured into 12 volumes of water. The product was extracted with ether and the combined organic layers were washed successively with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to a golden oil. The oil was purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes mixture to give 1.2 g (62%) of the title compound as a colorless oil.
XH NMR (CDC13) δ 0.00 (s, 6H) , 0.84 (s, 9H) , 4.48 (s, 2H) , 4.93 (s, 2H) , 6.36 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H) , 6.45 (s, IH) , 6.89 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, IH) .
1- [ 3- ( terfc-Butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl ) phenyl ] -3- mesitylthiourea : To 0 . 45 g ( 1 . 9 mmol ) of 3- ( tert- butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl) aniline in 3 mL of methanol was added 0.67 g (3.8 mmol) of mesitylisothiocyanate . The mixture was heated at reflux for 18 h. The mixture was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 16% ethyl acetate/hexanes mixture to give 0.56 (71%) of the title compound as a sticky white solid. MS Calcd.: 414; Found: 415 (M+H).
1- (3-Hydroxymethylphenyl) -3-mesitylthiourea : To 0.56 g (0.1.4 mmol) of 1- [3- ( ert- butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl) phenyl] -3-mesitylthiourea in 10 mL of ethanol was added 10 drops of concentrated hydrochloric acid. After 30 min, the reaction was diluted with water and the precipitate that formed was collected to give 0.35 g (86%) of the title compound as a white powder. MS Calcd.: 300; Found: 301 (M+H).
7- (Hydroxymethyl) -N-mesityl-1 , 3-benzothiazol-2-amine: To 0.25 g (0.83 mmol) of 1- (3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -3- mesitylthiourea in 5 mL of glacial acetic acid was added 47 μL (0.91 mmol) of bromine. The reaction was stirred for 5 min and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound and its regioisomer as their O-acetates. The mixture was stirred in methanol over potassium carbonate for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo, slurried in dichloromethane and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 33-66% ethyl acetate/hexanes gradient mixture to give 0.070 g (28%) of the title compound as a white solid. MS Calcd.: 298; Found: 299 (M+H).
7- (Bromomethyl) -N-mesityl-1, 3-benzothiazol-2-amine : To 0.065 g (0.22 mmol) of 7- (hydroxymethyl) -N-mesityl- 1, 3-benzothiazol-2-amine in 2 mL of dichloromethane was added 58 μL (0.72 mmol) of pyridine and 0.24 mL (0.24 mmol) of phosphorous tribromide (1 M in dichloromethane) . The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 8 h and quenched with saturated sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give 0.045 g (57%) of the title compound that was used without further purification in the preparation of F. MS Calcd.: 313; Found: 314 (M+H).
7- ( (Dipropylamino) methyl) -N-mesityl-1 , 3-benzothiazol-2- amine: To 0.045 g (0.12 mmol) of 7- (bromomethyl) -N-mesityl- 1, 3-benzothiazol-2-amine in 0.5 mL of acetonitrile and 2 mL of dichloromethane was added 0.086 g (0.62 mmol) of potassium carbonate and 85 μL (0.62 mmol) of dipropylamine . The reaction was stirred for 40 min, diluted with dichloromethane and filtered. The filtrate. was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 25% ethyl acetate/hexanes mixture to give 0.027 g
(57%) of the title compound as a light yellow powder. λR NMR (CDC13) δ 0.76 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 6H) , 1.40 (q, J = 7.4 Hz, 4H) , 2.30-2.34 (m, 13H) , 3.58 (s, 2H) , 6.95-7.01 (m, 3H) , 7.18 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, IH) , 7.23-7.33 (m, IH) , 8.12 (br s, IH) . MS Calcd.: 381; Found: 382 (M+H). Example 25
N2-Mesityl-N7, N7-dipropyl-l , 3-benzoxazole-2, 7-diamine
Figure imgf000137_0001
2-Amino-6-nitrophenol : A suspension of 2, 6-dinitrophenol 5.0 g (27 mmol), ammonium hydroxide (3 ml) and ammonium chloridel4.3 g (270 mmol) in 30 ml of water was heated to 70°C. A solution of sodium sulfide nonahydrate (24.19 g, 100 mmol) in water was added and the resulting mixture stirred at 70°C for 2h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, acidified (pH
3.2) with 2N HCl, and the brown precipitate separated ' by filtration. The filtrate was extracted with chloroform (6 x 75 ml), the organic extracts combined with the precipitate, and evaporated in-vacuo to yield 2.5 g (60 %) of product as a dark brown solid.
XH NMR (CDC13) δ 4.09 (s, 2H) , 6.78 (t, IH, J = 8.2 Hz), 6.95 (d, IH, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.47 (d, IH, J = 8.6 Hz), 10.73 (s, 3H) .
1- (2-Hydroxy-3-nitrophenyl) -3-mesitylthiourea: To a mixture containing 0.10 g (0.65 mmol) of 2-amino- 6-nitrophenol and 0.14 g (1.3 mmol) of sodium carbonate in ethanol was added 0.14 g (0.78 mmol) of 2-isothiocyanato- 1, 3, 5-trimethylbenzene. The reaction was heated at reflux overnight. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification of the residue via Biotage chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate/ dichloromethane gave 0.17 g (80 %) of product. MS Calcd.: 331; Found: 332 (M+H).
N-Mesityl-7-nitro-l, 3-benzoxazol-2-amine: To a solution containing 0.06 g (0.18 mmol) of l-(2- hydroxy-3-nitrophenyl) -3-mesitylthiourea in acetonitrile was added O.lOg (0.36 mmol) of mercury (II) chloride, and the mixture was then stirred for lh . The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (2 ml) and filtered through a prepacked celite column. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified via Biotage chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate/ dichloromethane to afford 0.047 g (90 %) of product.
XH NMR (CDC13) δ 2.29 (s, 6H) , 2.32 (s, 3H) , 6.99 (s, 2H) , 7.30 (t, IH, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.77 (d, IH, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.78 (d, IH, J = 8.6 Hz) . MS Calcd.: 297; Found: 298 (M+H).
i72-Mesityl-_V7 , N7-dipropyl-l , 3-benzoxazole-2, 7-diamine: To a flask was added 0.10 g (0.34 mmol) of N-Mesityl- 7-nitro-l, 3-benzoxazol-2-amine and 40 ml of methanol. The flask was purged with nitrogen followed by the addition of 0.01 g of 10% palladium on carbon. The flask was evacuated and pressurized to 2-3 psig hydrogen and stirred for lh. After completion as determined by HPLC, the reaction was filtered through GF/F filter paper. The filtrate was transferred to round bottom flask and 0.1 ml (1.7 mmol) of propionaldehyde, 0.1 g (1.7 mmol) of NaBH3CN and 1ml of acetic acid added. The mixture was stirred overnight, then diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate. Filtration, removal of solvent and purification of the residue via Biotage chromatography eluting with 5 % methanol/ dichloromethane gave 0.11 g (90 % for 2 steps) of product. XH NMR (CDC13) δ 0.74 (t, 6H, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.47 - 1.53 (m, 4H) , 2.27 (s, 6H) , 2.29 (s, 3H) , 3.18 (t, 4H, J = 7.8 Hz), 6.34 (d, IH, J = 8.1 Hz), 6.70 (d, IH, J = 7.0 Hz), 6.93 (s, 2H) , 6.98 (t, IH, J = 8.1 Hz). MS Calcd.: 351; Found: 352 (M+H).
Example 26 N2-Mesityl-l-methyl-N7, N7-dipropyl-li:f-benzimidazole-2, 7- diamine:
Figure imgf000140_0001
2, 6-Dinitro-N-methylaniline: Methylamine (4.5 ml of 2.0 M solution in THF) was added to a stirred solution of 2-chloro-l, 3-dinitrobenzene (0.90 g, 4.4 mmol) in 40 ml of THF and stirred for 30 min. The reaction was quenched by the addition of water and ether. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted twice with ether. The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated NaHC03, brine and dried over magnesium sulfate. Filtration, removal of solvent and purification of residue via Biotage chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate/ dichloromethane to gave 0.80 g (91 %) of product. αH NMR (CDC13) δ 2.89 (d, 3H, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.75 (t, IH, J = 8.1 Hz), 8.18 (d, 2H, J = 8.3 Hz).
N2-Methylbenzene-1 , 2, 3-triamine: To a flask was added 0.30 g (1.5 mmol) of 2,6-dinitro- N-methylaniline and 40 ml of methanol. The flask was purged with nitrogen followed by the addition of 0.03 g of 10% palladium on carbon. The flask was evacuated and pressurized to 2-3 psig hydrogen and stirred for lh. After completion as determined by HPLC, the reaction was filtered through GF/F filter paper. The filtrate was evaporated to give 0.2g (95%) of product. MS Calcd.: 137; Found: 138 (M+H).
1- (3-Amino-2-methylaminophenyl) 3-mesitylthiourea: To a mixture containing 0.25 g (1.82 mmol) of N2- methylbenzene-1, 2, 3-triamine and 0.40 g (3.7 mmol) of sodium carbonate in ethanol was added 0.32g (1.86 mmol) of 2-isothiocyanato-l, 3, 5-trimethylbenzene . The reaction was heated at reflux and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. Purification of the residue via Biotage chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate/ dichloromethane gave 0.34 g (60 %) of product. XH NMR (CDC13) δ 2.19 (s, 6H) , 2.26 (s, 3H) , 3.68 (s, 3H) , 3.85 (s, 4H) , 6.20 (d, 2H, J = 8.1 Hz), 6.87 (s, 2H) , 6.95 (t, IH, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.07 (s, IH) . MS Calcd.: 314; Found: 315 (M+H).
N2-Mesityl-l-methyl-lH-benzimidazole-2 , 7-diamine: To a solution containing 0.25 g (0.79mmol) of l-(3- amino-2-methylaminophenyl) -3-mesitylthiourea in acetonitrile was added 0.52g (1.6 mmol) of mercury (II) chloride, and the mixture stirred for lh. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (2ml) and filtered through a prepacked celite column. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified via Biotage chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate/ dichloromethane to afford 0.12 g (55 %) of product. αH NMR (CD3OD) δ 2.27 (s, 6H) , 2.36 (s, 3H) , 4.13 (s, 3H) , 7.13 (s, 2H) , 7.24 - 7.26 (m, 2H) , 7.33 (t, IH, J = 8.1 Hz). MS Calcd.: 280; Found: 281 (M+H).
ϊλ^-Mesityl-l-methyl-N7, N7-dipropyl-lJϊ-benzimidazole-2 , 7- diamine : To a solution containing 0.05 g (0.18mmol) of N2- mesityl-l-methyl-liϊ-benzimidazole-2, 7-diamine in methanol (5ml) was added 0.03 ml (0.54 mmol) of propionaldehyde,
0.03 g (0.54 mmol) of NaBH3CN and 0.1ml of acetic acid. The mixture was stirred overnight then diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate. Filtration, removal of solvent and purification of the residue via Biotage chromatography eluting with 5 % methanol/ dichloromethane gave 0.04 g (70 %) of product. XH NMR (CDCI3) δ 0.85 (t, 6H, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.46 - 1.53 (m, 4H) , 2.22 (s, 6H) , 2.28 (s, 3H) , 2.98 (s, 4H) , 3.94 (s, 3H) , 6.86 (d, IH, J = 7.8 Hz), 6.92 (s, 2H) , 6.99 (t, IH, J =
8.1 Hz) , 7.20 (s, IH) .
MS Calcd.: 364; Found: 365 (M+H).
Compounds of Examples 27-30, shown in Table 2, were prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 26. Table 2
Figure imgf000144_0001
Figure imgf000144_0003
Figure imgf000144_0002
Example 31
N7-Cyclopropylmethyl-I\J"2-mesityl-l-methyl-i\77-propyl-liT- benzoimidazole-2 , 7-diamine :
Figure imgf000144_0004
7-Amino-l-methyl-l, 3-dihydro-2iϊ-benzimidazol-2-one : To 9.6 g (70 mmol) of N2-methylbenzene-l , 2, 3-triamine dissolved in 350 mL of THF was added 11.3 g (70 mmol) of carbonyldii idazole. The reaction mixture was stirred for 18 h and was concentrated in vacuo. The crude solid was triturated with dichloromethane and collected by filtration to give 6.94 g (61%) of the title compound as a brown powder. αH NMR (DMSO- 6) δ 3.51 (s, 3H) , 4.85 (s, 2H) , 6.30 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, IH) , 6.35 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH) , 6.68 (t, J = 8.0, IH) , 10.55 (s, IH) .
l-Methyl-7- (propylamino) -1, 3-dihydro-2i?-benzimidazol-2-one : To 0.87 g (5.3 mmol) of 7-amino-l-methyl-l, 3-dihydro- 2iϊ-benzoimidazol-2-one in 50 mL of methanol was added 1.94 mL (26.7 mmol) of propionaldehyde and 1.0 g (16 mmol) of sodium cyanoborohydride. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h and concentrated in vacuo . The crude solid was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate, the biphasic mixture was filtered to remove particulates and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes mixture to give 0.69 g (63%) of the title compound as a cream colored powder. MS Calcd.: 205; Found: 206 (M+H).
7-Benzyl (propyl) amino-l-methyl-1, 3-dihydro-2iT-benzimidazol- 2-one: To 0.69 g (3.4 mmol) of l-methyl-7- (propylamino) -1, 3- dihydro-2iϊ-benzimidazol-2-one in 20 mL of methanol was added 0.68 mL (6.7 mmol) of benzaldehyde, 10 drops of glacial acetic acid and 0.63 g (10 mmol) of sodium cyanoborohydride . The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 18 h and an additional 0.68 mL of benzaldehyde, 10 drops of glacial acetic acid and 0.63 g of sodium cyanoborohydride was added. This mixture was heated for an additional 24 h before adding an additional 0.68 mL of benzaldehyde, 10 drops of glacial acetic acid and 0.63 g of sodium cyanoborohydride. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and the volatiles were removed in vacuo . The crude solid was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate, the organic layer was then washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 33% ethyl acetate/hexanes mixture to give 0.65 g (65%) of the title compound as a colorless sticky solid. MS Calcd.: 295; Found: 296 (M+H).
N7-Benzyl-2-chloro~l-methyl-N7-propyl-l.H-benzimidazol-7- amine : A solution of 0.65 g (2.2 mmol) of 7- benzyl (propyl) amino-l-methyl-1, 3-dihydro-2H-benzimidazol-2- one in 10 mL of phosphorous oxychloride was heated to 100 °C. After stirring for 24 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and quenched with saturated sodium bicarbonate. The quenched reaction was extracted with ethyl acetate and the extracts were then washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give 0.56 g (81%) of the title compound as a viscous yellow oil. This crude oil was used without further purification in the preparation of E. MS Calcd.: 313; Found: 314 (M+H).
N7-Benzyl-.N2-mesityl-l-methyl-N7-propyl-l.H-benzimidazole- 2, 7-diamine: A solution of 0.56 g (1.8 mmol) of N7-benzyl-2-chloro- l-methyl-N7-propyl-liϊ-benzimidazol-7-amine in 0.75 mL (5.4 mmol) of mesityl amine was heated to 130 °C. After stirring for 24 h, the mixture was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a tan solid. The solid thus obtained was purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 1.3% methanol/dichloromethane mixture to give 0.59 g (80%) of the title compound as a cream colored solid. MS Calcd.: 412; Found: 413 (M+H).
N2-Mesityl-l-methyl-N7-propyl-liϊ-benzimidazole-2 , 7-diamine: To a solution of 0.50 g (1.2 mmol) of N7-benzyl-N2- mesityl-l-methyl-N7-propyl-lu-benzimidazole-2 , 7-diamine in 30 mL of methanol was added 0.43 g (10 mol% Pd) of 20% Pearlman' s catalyst (50% wet). The reaction was kept under a hydrogen atmosphere via a balloon and stirred at room temperature for 48 h. The catalyst was removed via filtration and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo . Purification by flash chromatography eluting with a 7% methanol/dichloromethane mixture gave 0.23 g (58%) of the title compound as a cream colored solid. MS Calcd.: 322; Found: 323 (M+H).
N7-Cyclopropylmethyl-N2-mesityl-l-methyl-lV7-propyl-l-ϊ- benzimidazole-2 , 7-diamine : To 0 . 041 g ( 0. 13 mmol) of N2-mesityl-l-methyl-N7- propyl-lH-benzimidazole-2, 7-diamine in 2 mL of methanol was added 95 μL (1.3 mmol) of cyclopropane carboxaldehyde, 200 μL of glacial acetic acid and 0.032 g (0.51 mmol) of sodium cyanoborohydride. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the volatiles were removed in vacuo . The crude solid was partitioned between saturated sodium bicarbonate and dichloromethane, the organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated and purified by reverse-phase HPLC to give 0.026 g (42%) of the title compound as a colorless sticky solid. MS Calcd.: 376; Found: 377 (M+H).
Compounds of Examples 32-60, shown in the Table 3, were prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 31. Compounds 32-53 were purified by reverse phase HPLC (CH3CN containing 0.1%TFA /water containing 0.1%TFA) to obtain TFA salts.
Table 3
Figure imgf000149_0001
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000151_0001
Figure imgf000152_0001
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000155_0001
Example 61
N2- (2, 4-Dimethylphenyl) -N5,IV -dipropylimidazo [1,2- a] pyridine-2, 5-diamine :
Figure imgf000155_0002
Imidazo [1, 2-a]pyridin-5-amine: 2, 6-diaminopyridine (5.0g, 46 mmol) and chloroacetaldehyde (50% wt. soln in water, 6.4 mL, 50 mmol) were dissolved in absolute EtOH (120 mL) . The solution was heated at 75 °C for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled and concentrated via rotavap. The residue was taken up in saturated NaHC03 and EtOAc. The solution was extracted with EtOAc (3 times), dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated to give a brown solid. 4.85g isolated (80% yield) .
XH NMR (CDC13) δ 4.48 (s, 2H) , 6.10 (dd, J = 7.2, 1.2 Hz,
IH) , 7.10 - 7.20 (m, 2H) , 7.42 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, IH) , 7.65 (d,
J = 1.2 Hz, IH) .
MS Calcd.: 133; Found: 134 (M+H).
N,IV-Dipropylimidazo [1, 2-a] pyridin-5-amine: Imidazo [1, 2-a] pyridin-5-amine (4.85g, 36 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (72 mL) . Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 5.8g, 146 mmol) was added carefully. The mixture stirred for 0.5 hr. at room temperature. 1-Bromopropane
(13.2 mL, 145 mmol) was added. After 1 hour, the solution was quenched with water and extracted with ether (4 times) .
The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. Flash chromatography (80-100% EtOAc/hexanes) gave the title compound as a brown oil. 7.92g obtained (83% yield).
XH NMR (CDCI3) δ 0.88 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 6H) , 1.51 - 1.57 (m, 4H) , 3.06 - 3.10 (m, 4H) , 6.34 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, IH) , 7.14 - 7.18 (m, IH) , 7.36 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH) , 7.63 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H) . MS Calcd.: 217; Found 218 (M+H).
2-Bromo-IV,N-dipropylimidazo [1, 2-a] pyridin-5-amine: 7V,/V-Dipropylimidazo [1, 2-a]pyridin-5-amine (l.Og, 4.6 mmol) was diluted in DMF (25 mL) . The solution was cooled to 0 °C. N-bromosuccinamide (0.83g, 4.7 mmol) was added. After 5 minutes, the reaction was quenched with water. The solution was extracted with ether, dried, and concentrated. Flash chromatography (40% EtOAc/hexanes) gave the title compound as a yellow oil which solidified upon overnight freezing at -20 °C. 0.67g obtained (49% yield). NMR (CDC13) δ 0.86 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 6H) , 1.43 - 1.64 (m, 4H) , 2.98 - 3.13 (m, 4H) , 6.40 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH) , 7.10 - 7.14 (m, IH) , 7.34 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH) , 7.52 (s, IH) . MS Calcd.: 296; Found: 296 (M) 298 (M+2H) .
N2- (2, 4-Dimethylphenyl) -7V5,IV5-dipropylimidazo [1,2- a] pyridine-2, 5-diamine : 2-Bromo-IV,IV-dipropylimidazo [1, 2-a] pyridin-5-amine (C) (0.127g, 0.43 mmol) was diluted in 2, 4-dimethylaniline (2 mL) . The solution was heated to 75 °C in a sealed tube for 2 hours. The solution was flash chromatographed (20% EtOAc/hexanes) using basic alumina to give the title compound as a brown residue. 0.029g obtained (20% yield). XH NMR (CDCI3) δ 0.88 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H) , 1.49 - 1.56 (m, 4H) , 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H) , 3.04 - 3.07 (m, 4H) , 6.12 (s, IH) , 6.30 - 6.32 (m, IH) , 7.02 - 7.04 (m, 2H) , 7.10 - 7.12 (m, 2H) , 7.22 (s, IH) , 7.35 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, IH) . MS Calcd. : 336; Found: 337 (M+H) .
Compounds of examples 62-63, shown in table 4, were prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 61. Table 4
Figure imgf000158_0001
Example 64 (2, 4-Dimethylphenyl) (5- (dipropylamino) imidazo [1, 2- a] pyridin-2-yl) methanone :
Figure imgf000159_0001
(2, 4-Dimethylphenyl) (5- (dipropylamino) imidazo [1,2- a] pyridin-2-yl) ethanone : 2-Bromo-IV,IV-dipropylimidazo [1, 2-a]pyridin-5-amine (prepared in example 61) (0.136g, 0.46 mmol) was dissolved in THF (1 mL) . The solution was cooled to -78 °C. t-BuLi (1.7M, 0.57 mL, 0.96 mmol) was added dropwise and the solution stirred for 1 hr. at -78 °C. 2, 4-Dimethylbenzoyl chloride (0.097g, 0.57 mmol) diluted in 0.5 mL THF was added to the reaction mixture. After 0.5 hr, the solution was quenched with water and warmed to room temperature. Extraction occurred with EtOAc and the organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. Flash chromatography (30-40% EtOAc/hexanes) gave the title compound. 0.039g obtained (24% yield).
1H NMR (CDC13) δ 0.82 (t, J = 1 . 6 Hz , 6H) , 1.32 - 1.65 (m, 4H) , 2.40 (s, 3H) , 2.48 (s, 3H) , 3.13 - 3.19 (m, 4H) , 6.55 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, IH) , 7.05 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH) , 7.13 (s, IH) , 7.33 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH) , 7.44 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, IH) , 7.55 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, IH) , 7.77 (s, IH) .
MS Calcd.: 349; Found: 350 (M+H). Example 65
2- (2 , 4-Dimethylphenyl ) -7V,N-dipropylimidazo [ 1 , 2-a] pyridin-5- amme :
Figure imgf000160_0001
(A)
2- (2, 4-Dimethylphenyl) -N^TV-dipropylimidazo [1, 2-a]pyridin-5- amine : (2-Bromo) -N, N-dipropylimidazo [1, 2-a]pyridin-5-amine (prepared in example 61) (0.17g, 0.57 mmol) was dissolved in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (DME) (1.5 mL) . Pd(PPh3)4 (0.033g, 0.028 mmol) was added and the reaction stirred at 50 °C for 15 minutes. The solution was cooled and 2,4- dimethylphenylboronic acid (0.103g, 0.69 mmol) in DME (1 mL) was added to the reaction mixture. KOtBu (0.128g, 1.14 mmol) in tBuOH (1 mL) was also added to the reaction. The reaction was heated to 100 °C for 1 hr. The solution was filtered through paper and concentrated. Crude material was purified via reverse phase HPLC (acetonitrile containing 0.1%TFA /water containing 0.1%TFA) to obtain 3.1 mg of the title compound (2% yield) . MS Calcd.: 321; Found: 322 (M+H). Example 66
5-Fluoro-7V2-mesityl-l-methyl-IV7, IV7-dipropyl-lIf- benzimidazole-2 , 7-diamine
Figure imgf000161_0001
2-Chloro-5-fluoro-1, 3-dinitrobenzene To a solution of 0.65 g (2.2 mmol) of 4-fluoro-2, 6- dinitrophenol in 30 mL dimethylformamide was added 1.4 mL (15 mmol) of phosphorous oxychloride. The mixture was heated to 70 °C overnight, cooled to room temperature and quenched with ice. The mixture was diluted with water and the precipitate was collected giving 1.35 g (82%) of the title compound as a cream colored solid.
XH NMR (DMSO-de) δ 8.55 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, IH) , 8.57 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, IH) .
4-Fluoro-N-methyl-2 , 6-dinitroaniline To 1.35 g (6.12 mmol) of 2-chloro-5-fluoro-l, 3- dinitrobenzene in 20 mL of THF at 0 °C was added 6.1 mL (12 mmol) of 2N methylamine in THF. The cold bath was removed and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 45 minutes. The solution was concentrated, diluted with ether and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The resulting organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated giving 1.30 g (99%) of the title compound as a bright orange powder.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ2.70 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 3H) , 8.20 (br s, IH) 8.29 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H) .
1- [3-Amino-5-fluoro-2- (methylamino) phenyl] -3- mesitylthiourea In 75 mL of ethanol was mixed 1.30 g (6.04 mmol) of 4- fluoro-N-methyl-2, 6-dinitroaniline, 3.7 mL (36 mmol) of cyclohexene and 5.1 g (2.4 mmol, 40 mol%) of 10% palladium on carbon (50% water, Degussa type) . The mixture was refluxed for 2.5 h and filtered into a flask containing 0.77 g (7.3 mmol) of sodium carbonate and 1.07 g (6.04 mmol) of 2-isothiocyanato-l, 3, 5-trimethylbenzene. The resulting slurry was refluxed for 4 h, concentrated and slurried in dichloromethane. The slurry was filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 70% hexanes/ethyl acetate mixture to give 0.65 g (32%) of the title compound as an off-white solid.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 52.09 (s, 6H) , 2.20 (s, 3H) , 3.45 (s, 3H) , 5.00 (br s, 4H) , 5.78 (d, J= 11.2 Hz, 2H) , 6.79 (s, 2H) , 7.93 (br s, IH) . MS Calcd.: 332; Found: 299 (M+H-H2S) . 5-Fluoro-N2-mesityl-l-methyl-N7,N7-dipropyl-lH- benzimidazole-2, 7-diamine To 0.29 g (0.87 mmol) of 1- [3-amino-5-fluoro-2- (methylamino) phenyl] -3-mesitylthiourea in 15 mL of acetonitrile was added 1.09 mL (7.9 mmol) of triethylamine followed by 0.4 g (1.5 mmol) of mercuric chloride. After 2h at room temperature an additional 0.7 g (2.6 mmol) of mercuric chloride was added. After 2h of additional reaction time, the mixture was diluted with water and the resulting crude 5-f luoro-N2-mesityl-l-methyl-2.ff- benzoimidazole-2, 7-diamine was collected as a brown precipitate via filtration. The crude product thus obtained was slurried in 50 mL of methanol and treated with 1.6 mL (22 mmol) of propionaldehyde, 3 mL of glacial acetic acid and 1.1 g (17 mmol) of sodium cyanoborohydride. The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 24 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the volatiles were removed in vacuo . The crude solid was mixed with water and made basic with saturated potassium carbonate. The mixture was partioned with ethyl acetate and separated. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated onto silica gel and purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 75% hexanes/ethyl acetate mixture to give impure title compound. The impure material was slurried in hexanes and 0.065 g (20%) of the title compound was collected as a white solid. XH NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 0.83 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 6H) , 1.43 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 4H) , 2.11 (s, 6H) , 2.26 (s, 3H) , 2.94 (m, 4H) , 3.92 (s, 3H) , 6.60 (t, J= 12.3 Hz, 2H) , 6.91 (s, 2H) , 8.01 (s,
IH) .
19F NMR (DMSO-d6) δ -117.85 (s, IF).
MS Calcd.: 382; Found: 383 (M+H).
Other Examples Table 5
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Example 69
TV7-butyl-TV2-mesityl-TV7- (4-methoxyphenyl) - 1 -methyl -IH- benzimidazole-2, 7-diamine
Figure imgf000165_0002
7- [ (4-Methoxyphenyl) amino] -1-methyl-l, 3-dihydro-2H- benzimidazol-2-one A mixture of 0.183 g (1.12 mmol) of 7-amino-l-methyl- 1, 3-dihydrobenzimidazol-2-one, 0.037 g (0.11 mmol) of biphenyl-2-yl-dicyclohexylphosphane, 0.237 g (2.47 mmol) of sodium tert-butoxide and 0.041 g (0.045 mmol) of tris (dibenzylidineacetone) dipalladium in 6 mL of THF was treated with 0.14 mL (1.12 mmol) of 4-bromoanisole and heated to 60 °C for 18 h. The crude reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, filtered through a pad of celite and purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 97% dichloromethane/methanol mixture to give 0.126 g (42%) of the title compound as a tan powder.
XH NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 3.29 (s, 3H) , 3.66 (s, 3H) , 6.62 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H) , 6.70-6.83 (m, 4H) , 6.91 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, IH) , 7.30 (s, IH) , 10.85 (s, IH) . MS Calcd.: 269; Found: 270 (M+H).
7- [Butyl (4-methoxyphenyl) amino] -1-methyl-l, 3-dihydro-2H- benzimidazol-2-one A mixture of 0.100 g (0.37 mmol) of 7-[(4- methoxyphenyl) amino] -1-methyl-l, 3-dihydro-2H-benzimidazol- 2-one and 0.13 mL (1.5 mmol) of butyraldehyde in 15 mL of dichloroethane was treated with four drops of glacial acetic acid and 0.31 g (1.5 mmol) of sodium triacetoxyborohydride. The mixture was heated to 70 °C for five days. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and was washed successively with saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine before being dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was filtered, concentrated in vacuo and the resulting crude oil was purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 97% dichloromethane/methanol mixture to give 0.70 g (45%) of the title compound as a yellow sticky semi- solid that was used without further purification in the preparation of C.
N-Butyl-2-chloro-N- (methoxyphenyl) -1-methyl-1H- benzimidazol-7-amine A solution of 0.070 g (0.22 mmol) of 7- [butyl (4- methoxyphenyl) amino] -1-methyl-l, 3-dihydro-2H-benzimidazol- 2-one in 2 mL of phosphorous oxychloride was heated to 100 °C. After stirring for 2 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and quenched with saturated sodium bicarbonate. The quenched reaction was extracted with ethyl acetate and the extracts were then washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated onto silica gel and purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 85% hexanes/ethyl acetate mixture to give 0.018 g (36%) of the title compound as a colorless oil. MS Calcd.: 343; Found: 310 (M+H-Cl) .
N7-Butyl-N2-mesityl-N7- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1-methyl-lH- benzimidazole-2, 7-diamine A solution of 0.018 g (0.05 mmol) of N-butyl-2-chloro- N- (methoxyphenyl) -l-methyl-lH-benzimidazol-7-amine in 0.10 mL (0.73 mmol) of mesityl amine was heated to 130 °C. After stirring for 18 h, the mixture was dissolved in dichloromethane, loaded onto silica gel and purified by flash chromatography eluting with a 96% dichloromethane/methanol mixture to give 0.015 g (65%) of the title compound as a reddish-brown solid.
XH NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 0.90 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H) , 1.34 (q, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H) , 1.62 (m, 2H) , 2.10 (s, 6H) , 2.26 (s, 3H) , 3.45-3.55 (m, 2H) , 3.52 (s, 3H) , 3.65 (s, 3H) , 6.48 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H) , 6.70 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, IH) , 6.77 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H) , 6.95-7.04 (m, 2H) , 7.93 (s, IH) . MS Calcd.: 442; Found: 443 (M+H).
The following examples were prepared according to the procedures described in Example 26.
Table 6
Exampl Structure e Name Physical Data
TV2-mesityl-TV7, 1- dimethyl-TV7- MS Calcd. : 70 propyl-lF- 336; MS Found: benzimidazole- 337 (M+H) 2, 7-diamine
Figure imgf000168_0001
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000170_0001
Figure imgf000171_0001
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000175_0001
Figure imgf000176_0001
Figure imgf000177_0001
Figure imgf000178_0001
Figure imgf000179_0001
Figure imgf000180_0001
Figure imgf000181_0001
Figure imgf000182_0001
Figure imgf000183_0001
Figure imgf000184_0001
Figure imgf000185_0001
Figure imgf000186_0001
Figure imgf000187_0001
Figure imgf000188_0001
Figure imgf000189_0001
Figure imgf000190_0001
Example 113
4-Bromo-N2-mesityl-l-methyl-TV7,IV7-dipropyl-2Iϊ-benzimidazole- 2 , 7-diamine
Figure imgf000190_0002
4-Bromo-7-dipropylamino-l-methyl-l, 3-dihydro-2H- benzimidazol-2-one A mixture of 7-dipropylamino-l-methyl-l, 3-dihydro-2H- benzimidazol-2-one (200 mg, 0.809 mmol), TV-bromosuccinimide (216 mg, 1.21 mmol) and catalytic amount of benzoylperoxide in carbon tetrachloride (20 ml) was refluxed for 60 h and diluted with water. The aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane. The extract was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography eluting 30% ethyl acetate/n-hexane to afford 73 mg (28%) of the title compound. H-NMR (CDC1 ) δ 0.84 (6H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 1.35-1.48 (4H, m) , 2.85-2.95 (4H, m) , 3.71 (3H, s), 6.81 (IH, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.09 (IH, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.82 (IH, s) . MS Calcd.: 325; Found: 326 (M+H), 328.
4-Bromo-2-chloro-l-methyl-N, N-dipropyl-lH-benzimidazol-7- amine A mixture of 4-Bromo-7-dipropylamino-l-methyl-l, 3- dihydro-2H-benzimidazol-2-one (210 mg, 0.644 mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (3.0, 32mol) was refluxed for 18 h with stirring and concentrated to dryness under vacuum. The residue was diluted with water. The aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane. The extract was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to afford 220 (99%) of the title compound. The residue was used for the next reaction without further purification. xH-NMR(DMSO-d6) δ 0.80 (6H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 1.35-1.45 (4H, m) , 2.97 (4H, m) , 4.08 (3H, s) , 7.05(1H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.38 (IH, d, J=8.0 Hz) . MS Calcd.: 343; Found: 344 (M+H), 346.
4-Bromo~N2-mesityl-l-methyl-N7,N7-dipropyl-lH-benzimidazole- 2, 7-diamine (C) A mixture of 4-Bromo-2-chloro-l-methyl-N,N-dipropyl- lH-benzimidazol-7- amine (220 mg, 0.638 mmol) and mesityl amine (1.79 ml, 12.8 mmol) was heated at 120 °C for 60 h. The mixture was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate in water, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography eluting 5% n-hexane/ethyl acetate to afford the title compound. H-NMR (CDC13) δ 0.80 (6H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 1.42 (4H, q, J=7.2 Hz), 2.20 (6H, s), 2.30 (3H, s) , 2.91 (4H, m) , 3.53 (3H, s) , 6.05 (IH, s), 6.71 (IH, d, J=8.4 Hz), 6.91 (2H, s) , 7.19 (IH, d, J=8.4 Hz) . MS Calcd.: 442; Found: 443 (M+H), 445.
Compounds of Example 114-117 shown in Table 7 were prepared in a similar manner to that described previously in Example 1.
Table 7
Figure imgf000192_0001
Figure imgf000193_0001
Compounds of Examples 118-122, shown in Table 8, were prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 1,
Table 8
Figure imgf000193_0002
Figure imgf000194_0001
Figure imgf000195_0001
Example 123
N2- ( 4 -Bromo-2-methoxy- 6-methylphenyl ) -TV7, IV7-bis ( 2- methoxyethyl ) -l-methyl-l.H-benzimidazole-2 , 7 -diamine
Figure imgf000196_0001
To a solution of 200 mg (1.66 mmol) of 1,1,3- trimethoxypropane in 25 mL of chloroform was added 5 g (1.66 mmol) of iron (II) chloride on silica (5% by weight) and the slurry was stirred at room temperature for' several hours. The slurry was filtered, concentrated in vacuo to about 5 mL and added to a slurry of 200 mg (0.55 mmol) of
IV2- (4-bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) -1-methyl-lH- benzimidazole-2, 7-diamine, 1 mL of acetic acid and 2.5 g
(5.08 mmol) of MP-CNBH3 in 10 L of methanol and was stirred overnight. The above aldehyde preparation was repeated each day for 7 days and added to the reaction. The reaction was filtered and concentrated in vacuo to a residue. The residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with a solution of 40% ethyl acetate/hexanes containing 2% ammonium hydroxide to give 47 mg (18%) of the title compound.
XH NMR (CDC13) δ 2.19 (s, 3H) , 3.28 (s, 6H) , 3.33 (br s, 4H) , 3.41 (br s, 4H) , 3.82 (s, 3H) , 4.06 (s, 3H) , 5.85 (s, IH) , 6.92-6.97 (m, 2H) , 7.02-7.04 (m, 2H) , 7.30 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, IH) ; MS Calcd.: 476; Found: 477 (M+H) .
Compounds described below were prepared in a similar method. Table 9
Figure imgf000197_0001
Example 126
4- [ [2- [ (4-Bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenlamino) -1-methyl-lff- benzimidazol-7-yl] (isopropyl) amino] butanoic acid
Figure imgf000198_0001
To a solution of 100 mg (0.20 mmol) of methyl 4- [ [2- (4-bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) amino] -l-methyl-122- benzimidazol-7-yl] (isopropyl) amino] butanoate in 5 mL of tetrahydrofuran and 2.5 mL of water was added 83 mg (2.0 mmol) of lithium hydroxide monohydrate. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was diluted with water and carefully adjusted to pH 7 using IN aqueous hydrochloric acid and the resulting slurry was filtered. The solids were washed with water, and dried under high vacuum to give 95 mg (98%) of the title compound. MS Calcd.: 488; MS Found: 489 (M+H).
Example 127
4- [ [2- [ (4-Bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) amino] -1-methyl- lIϊ-benzimidazol-7-yl] (isopropyl) amino] -TV-methylbutanamide
Figure imgf000199_0001
To a solution of 25 mg (0.050 mmol) of 4-[[2-[(4- Bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenlamino) -1-methyl-172- benzimidazol-7-yl] (isopropyl) amino] butanoic acid, 0.044 mL (0.26 mmol) of diisopropylethylamine, and 58 mg (0.15 mmol) of 0- (7-azabenzotriazol-l-yl) -N, N, N' , TV, -tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) was added 0.128 mL (0.26 mmol) of methylamine (2M solution in tetrahydrofuran) . The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature and concentrated in vacuo . The residue thus obtained was purified by flash chromatography eluting with a solution of 8% methanol/dichloromethane to give 42 mg (82%) of the title compound. MS Calcd.: 501; MS Found: 502 (M+H).
Compounds described below were prepared in a similar method. Table 10
Figure imgf000199_0002
Figure imgf000200_0001
Figure imgf000201_0001
Figure imgf000202_0001
Figure imgf000203_0001
Example 136
TV7- (2-Aminoethyl) -TV2- (4-bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) -N7- isopropyl-l-methyl-172-benzimidazole-2 , 7-diamine
Hydrochloride
Figure imgf000204_0001
To a solution of 100 mg (0.25 mmol) of IV2- (4-bromo-2- methoxy-6-methylphenyl) -TV^-isopropyl-l-methyl-lH- benzimidazole-2, 7-diamine in 2 mL of 1, 2-dichloroethane containing 2 drops of acetic acid was added a solution of 79 mg (0.50 mmol) of (2-oxoethyl) carbamic acid tert-butyl ester in 1 mL of 1, 2-dichloroethane. To the reaction mixture was then added 158 mg (0.74 mmol) of sodium triacetoxyborohydride. The reaction was stirred for several hours and then another two equivalents of the aldehyde were added to the reaction. The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature and another two equivalents of the aldehyde were added and the reaction was stirred several hours. The reaction was then heated at 80 °C overnight. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo, dissolved in dichloroethane and 1 ml (13 mmol) of trifluoroacetic acid was added. This mixture was stirred at room temperature for several hours and concentrated in vacuo . This residue thus obtained was purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound as the trifluoroacetic acid salt. The salt was dissolved in methanol and treated with hydrochloric acid (IN solution in diethyl ether) . The solution was concentrated in vacuo to give 20 mg (18%) of the title compound as the hydrochloric salt. MS Calcd.: 445; MS Found: 446 (M+H).
Example 137
TV2- (4-Bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) -TV7- [2- (dimethylamino) ethyl] -TV7-isopropyl-l-methyl-l22- benzimidazole-2, 7-diamine Hydrochloride
Figure imgf000205_0001
To a solution of 10 mg (0.022 mmol) of TV7- (2- aminoethyl) -TV2- (4-bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) -IV7- isopropyl-l-methyl-172-benzimidazole-2, 7-diamine was added 0.02 mL (0.22 mmol) of formaldehyde (37% by weight aqueous solution) and 24 mg (0.11 mmol) of sodium triacetoxyborohydride. The reaction was stirred for 2 h at room temperature and diluted with dichloromethane. The organics were washed with aqueous sodium bicarbonate, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo . This residue thus obtained was purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound as the trifluoroacetic acid salt, The salt was dissolved in methanol and treated with hydrochloric acid (IN solution in diethyl ether) . The solution was concentrated in vacuo to give the 4 mg (38%) of the title compound as the hydrochloric salt MS Calcd.: 473; MS Found: 474 (M+H).
Example 138
TV2- ( 4-Chloro-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl ) -TV7- ( 4-chlorophenyl ) - N7-isopropyl-l-methyl-122-benzimidazole-2 , 7-diamine
Hydrochloride
Figure imgf000206_0001
7- [ (4-Chlorophenyl) amino] -1-methyl-l, 3-dihydro-222- benzimidazol-2-one A mixture of 7-amino-l-methyl-l, 3-dihydrobenzimidazol- 2-one (5.0 g, 30.6 mmol), biphenyl-2-yl- dicyclohexylphosphine (0.537 g, 1.53 mmol), sodium tert- butoxide (7.4 g, 2.5 mmol) and tris (dibenzylidineacetone) dipalladium (0.56 g, 0.61 mmol) and dioxane (80 ml) was treated with 4-bromoanisole (6.16 g, 32.2 mmol) and refluxed for 22 h. The crude reaction mixture was cooled, poured into water (200 ml) and neutralized to pH8 by saturated aqueous ammonium chloride. The precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried. Recrystallization from ethanol gave 3.69 g (44 %) of the title compound as a tan powder.
MS Calcd.: 273; Found: 274 (M+H).
7- [ (4-Chlorophenyl) amino] -3- (4-methoxybenzyl) -1-methyl-l, 3- dihydro-222-benzimidazol-2-one A mixture of 7- [ (4-chlorophenyl) amino] -1-methyl-l, 3- dihydro-222-benzimidazol-2-one (0.27 g, l.Ommol), 4- methoxybenzyl chloride (0.17 ml, 1.20 mmol), potassium carbonate (0.21 g, 1.50 mmol) and TV, N-dimethylformamide (1 ml) was stirred at 70 °C for 100 min. The mixture was diluted with water (20 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 ml) . The extract was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was flash chromatographed eluting with a 15% ethyl acetate/hexanes to give 0.39 g (quant.) of the title compound as a powder.
MS Calcd.: 393; Found: 394 (M+H).
XH NMR (CDC1 ) δ 3.49 (3H, s) , 3.78 (3H, s) , 5.02 (2H, s) , 5.30 (IH, s), 6.56 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.80 - 6.95 (4H, m) , 6.97 (IH, t, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.13 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.30 (2H, d, J = 8.0 Hz) . 7- [N- (4-Chlorophenyl) -TV-isopropylamino] -3- (4-methoxy- benzyl) -1-methyl-l, 3-dihydro-222-benzimidazol-2-one A mixture of 7- [ (4-chlorophenyl) amino] -3- (4- methoxybenzyl) -1-methyl-l, 3-dihydro-222-benzimidazol-2-one
(0.118 g, 0.30 mmol), 2-bromopropane (0.056 ml, 0.60 mmol), tetrabutylammonium iodide (small amounts) and N, N- dimethylformamide (2 ml) was added sodium hydride (16 mg, 0.60 mmol, 90% dry) . The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 6 h. The mixture was diluted with water (20 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (40 ml) . The extract was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was flash chromatographed with 20 - 33 % ethyl acetate/hexanes to give 80.6 mg (62%) of the title compound as an oil.
MS Calcd.: 435; Found: 436 (M+H). H NMR(CDC13) δ 0.96 (3H, d, J = 6.0 Hz), 1.33 (3H, d, J = 6.0Hz), 3.30 (3H, s) , 3.79 (3H, s) , 4.20 - 4.35 (IH, m) , 5.02 (2H, s), 6.40 (2H, d, J = 9.2 Hz), 6.77 (IH, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 6..87 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.92 (IH, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.05 (IH, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.09 (2H, d, J = 9.2 Hz), 7.32 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz) .
7- [TV- (4-chlorophenyl) -N-isopropylamino] -1-methyl-l, 3- dihydro-222-benzimidazol-2-one A mixture of 7- [N- (4-chlorophenyl) -TV-isopropylamino] -
3- (4-methoxybenzyl) -1-methyl-l, 3-dihydro-222-benzimidazol-2- one (80 mg, 0.18 mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (3 ml) was stirred at 65°C for 19 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo, diluted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (20 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 ml) . The extract was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was flash chromatographed eluting with a 33 % ethyl acetate/hexanes to give 26.8 mg (34%) of the title compound as an oil.
MS Calcd.: 315; Found: 316 (M+H). H NMR (CDC13) δ 0.98 (3H, d, J = 6.4 Hz), 1.36 (3H, d, J = 6.4 Hz), 3.28 (3H, s) , 4.20 - 4.35 (IH, m) , 6.43 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.78 - 6.85 (IH, m) , 7.05 - 7.20 (4H, m) , 9.09 (IH, s) .
2-Chloro-TV- (4-chlorophenyl) -TV-isopropyl-l-methyl-122- benzimidazol-7-amine A mixture of 7- [TV- (4-chlorophenyl) -TV-isopropylamino] - 1-methyl-l, 3-dihydro-222-benzimidazol-2-one (42 mg, 0.13 mmol) and phosphorous oxychloride (1.5 ml) was stirred at 80°C for 1.5h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (10 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 ml) . The extract was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was flash chromatographed eluting with a 17% ethyl acetate/hexanes to give 31.9 mg (72 %) of the title compound as an oil. MS Calcd.: 333; Found: 334 (M+H) XH NMR (CDC13) δ 0.95 (3H, d, J = 6.0 Hz), 1.39 (3H, d, J = 6.0 Hz), 3.63 (3H, s) , 4.30 - 4.40 (IH, m) , 6.40 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.03 (IH, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.09 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.30 (IH, t, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.70 (IH, d, J = 8.0 Hz).
TV2- (4-Chloro-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) -TV7- (4-chlorophenyl) - TV7-isopropyl-l-methyl-l22-benzimidazole-2, 7-diamine Hydrochloride A mixture of 2-chloro-TV- (4-chlorophenyl) -N-isopropyl- l-methyl-lH-benzimidazol-7-amine (30 mg, 0.90 mmol) and 4- chloro-2-methyl-6-methoxyaniline (46 mg, 0.27 mmol) was stirred at 120 °C for 19 h. The mixture was dissolved in ethyl acetate (30 ml), washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (15 ml) and water (10 ml), dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC (acetonitrile containing 0.1 trifluoroacetic acid / water containing 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid) . The fraction was concentrated to dryness, dissolved in methanol (10 ml) and treated with 2 M hydrogen chloride in diethyl ether (2 ml) and evaporated in vacuo to give 7.8 mg (19 %) of the title compound as a powder.
MS Calcd.: 468; Found: 469 (M+H) .
XH NMR (CDC13) δ 0.96 (3H, m) , 1.35 (3H, m) , 2.39 (3H, s) ,
3.08 (3H, s) , 3.63 (3H, s) , 4.20 - 4.35 (IH, m) , 6.39 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.74 (IH, s) , 6.89 (IH, s) , 7.04 (IH, d, J
= 8.0 Hz), 7.10 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.40 (IH, t, J = 8.0
Hz) , 7.56 (IH, d, J = 8.0 Hz) , 10.64 (IH, brs) .
Compounds described below were prepared in a similar method. Table 11
Figure imgf000211_0001
Figure imgf000212_0001
Figure imgf000213_0001
Figure imgf000214_0001
Figure imgf000215_0001
Figure imgf000216_0001
Figure imgf000217_0001
Example 151
TV2- [2- [ (4-Chloro-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) amino] -1-methyl-
122-benzimidazol-7-yl] -N1, N1-diethyl-N2- ( 4- methoxyphenyl) glycinamide Hydrochloride
Figure imgf000218_0001
To a solution of ethyl N- [2- [ (4-chloro-2-methoxy-6- methylphenyl) amino] -l-methyl-lT2-benzimidazol-7-yl] -N- (4- methoxyphenyl) glycinate (20 mg, 0.039 mmol) in methanol (0.5 ml) was added IN sodium hydroxide (0.5 ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h, then neutralized with IN hydrochloric acid (0.5 ml) and concentrated to dryness. To a mixture of the residue, diethylamine (0.0081 ml, 0.079mmol) and N, N- dimethylformamide (3 ml) were added triethylamine (0.011 ml, 0.079 mmol) and O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N' , N' - tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (22.4 mg, 0.079mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h. The mixture was diluted with water (20 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 ml) . The extract was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was flash chromatographed eluting with a 20 % acetone / hexanes) to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLC (acetonitrile containing 0.1 trifluoroacetic acid / water containing 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid). The eluent was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in methanol (2 ml) before 2M hydrogen chloride in diethylether (2 ml) was added. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give 9.6 mg (46%) of the title as a powder. MS Calcd: 535; Found: 536 (M+H) .
XH NMR (CDC13) δ 1.20 - 1.40 (6H, m) , 2.34 (3H, s) , 3.25 - 3.40 (7H, m) , 3.59 (3H, s) , 3.74 (3H, s) , 4.50 - 4.70 (2H, m) , 6.41 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.65 (IH, s) , 6.73 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.83 (IH, s) , 7.15 - 7.45 (3H, m) .
Example 152
N- [2- [ (4-chloro-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) amino] -N- (4- chlorophenyl) -l-methyl-172-benzimidazol-7-yl] acetamide
Hydrochloride
Figure imgf000219_0001
A mixture of 7- [N- (4-chlorophenyl) amino] -3- (4- methoxybenzyl) -1-methyl-l, 3-dihydro-222-benzimidazol-2-one (0.393g, 1.0 mmol), pyridine (0.1ml) and acetic anhydride (10 ml) was heated at 120 °C for 4 days. The mixture was evaporated in vacuo. The. residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 ml) , washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was flash chromatographed eluting with 40 - 50 % ethyl acetate/hexanes to give 7- [N-acetyl-N- (4- Chlorophenyl) amino] -3- (4-methoxybenzyl) -1-methyl-l, 3- dihydro-2I2-benzimidazol-2-one (0.388. g, quant.) as an oil. MS Calcd: 435; Found: 436 (M+H) . H MR (CDC13) δ 2.05 (3H, s) , 3.47 (3H, s) , 3.79 (3H, s) , 4.99 (IH, d, J = 15.6 Hz), 5.05 (IH, d, J = 15.6 Hz), 6.87 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.80 - 6.90 (IH, m) , 6.90 - 7.10 (2H, m) , 7.31 (2H," d, J = 8.4 Hz) , 7.20 - 7.40 (4H, m) .
From this compound, the title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 138. MS Calcd: 468; Found: 469 (M+H) . H ΝMR (CDCI3) δ 2.11 (3H, s) , 2.37 (3H, s) , 3.48 (3H, s) , 3.65 (3H, s), 6.76 (IH, s) , 6.82 (IH, s) , 7.00 - 7.20 (IH, m) , 7.20 - 7.30 (2H, m) , 7.30 - 7.45 (3H, m) , 7.50 - 7.65 (IH, m) , 10.80 (IH, s) .
Compound described below were prepared in a similar method. Table 12
Figure imgf000221_0002
Example 154 TV2- (4-Bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) -N7-isopropyl-l- methyl-N7- [4- (methylsulf onyl) phenyl] -172-benzimidazole-2, 7- diamine
Figure imgf000221_0001
7- [ (4-Methylsulfonyl) phenylamino] -1-methyl-l, 3-dihydro-222- benzimidazol-2-one A mixture of 7-amino-l-methyl-l, 3-dihydrobenzimidazol- 2-one (0.500 g, 3.06 mmol), 2- (dicyclohexylphosphino) - 2' , 6' -dimethoxy-1,1' -biphenyl (0.0629 g, 0.153 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (0.590 g, 6.10 mmol) and tris (dibenzylidineacetone) dipalladium (0.280 g, 0.310 mmol) and dioxane (5 ml) was treated with 4- bromophenylmethylsulfone (0.860 g, 3.70 mmol) and refluxed for 3 h. The crude reaction mixture was cooled, poured into water, and extracted with ethyl acetate (X2) and ethyla acetate-tetrahydrofuran (X2) . The extract was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrted in vacuo. The residual solids were washed with ethyl acetate to give 525 mg of the title compound as crystals.
XH NMR (CDC13) δ 3.09 (3H, s) , 3.25 (3H, s) , 6.70 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.83 (IH, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 6.93 (IH, d, J = 8.0
Hz), 7.02 (IH, t, J = 8.0.Hz), 7.64 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz),
8.53 (IH, s) , 11.01 (IH, s) .
From this compound, the title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 138. MS Calcd: 556, 558; Found: 557, 559 (M+H) . H NMR (CDCI3) δ 1.04 (3H, d, J = 6.4 Hz), 1.44 (3H, d, J = 6.4 Hz), 2.19 (3H, s) , 3.01 (3H, s) , 3.49 (3H, s) , 3.81 (3H, s), 4.38-4.46 (IH, m) , 5.83 (IH, s) , 6.61 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.80 (IH, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 6.93 (IH, s) , 7.06 (IH, s) , 7.17 (IH, t, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.55 (IH, d, J 0 Hz) , 7.69 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz) .
Compound described below were prepared in a similar method. Table 13
Figure imgf000223_0001
Compounds of Examples 156-182, shown in the Table 14, were prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 31. Table 14
Figure imgf000224_0001
Figure imgf000225_0001
Figure imgf000226_0001
Figure imgf000227_0001
Figure imgf000228_0001
Figure imgf000229_0001
Figure imgf000230_0001
Figure imgf000231_0001
Figure imgf000232_0001
Figure imgf000233_0001
Example 183
N- (4-Bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) -7- (2-ethyl-l- piperidinyl) -l-methyl-l22-benzimidazol-2-amine
Figure imgf000233_0002
7- (2-Ethyl-l-piperidinyl) -1-methyl-l, 3-dihydro-2I2- benzimidazol-2-one A mixture of 1-ethylcyclopentene (1.0 g, 10.4 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (0.1 g, 1.19 mmol) in methanol (150 ml) was ozonized at -78 °C until TLC analysis indicated complete consumption of 1-ethylcyclopentene. The crude, ozonide was transferred directly to a mixture of 7-amino-l- methyl-1, 3-dihydro-222-benzimidazol-2-one (0.5 g, 3.07 mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (0.05 g, Degussa type; 50% wet) . The flask was fitted with a balloon of hydrogen and allowed to stir for 12 h. The reaction was filtered through GF/F paper and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography eluting with a 10% acetone/hexanes mixture to afford 597 mg (75%) of the title compound. H-NMR (CDCl3)δ0.73 (3H, t, J=7.5 Hz), 1.15-1.21 (IH, m) , 1.29-1.44 (3H, m) , 1.62-1.68 (2H, m) , 1.86-1.91 (2H, m) , 2.63-2.69 (IH, m) , 2.77-2.82 (IH, m) , 3.01-3.04 (IH, m) , 3.77 (3H, s), 6.89-7.01 (3H, m) , 10.08 (IH, s) ; MS Calcd.: 259; Found: 260 (M+H) .
2-Chloro-7- (2-ethyl-l-piperidinyl) -l-methyl-122- benzimidazole A mixture of 7- (2-ethyl-l-piperidinyl) -1-methyl-l, 3- dihydro-2T2-benzimidazol-2-one (200 mg, 0.77mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (3.55g, 23.1mol) was refluxed for 12 h with stirring and concentrated to dryness under vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography eluting with a 10% acetone/hexanes mixture to afford 192 mg (90%) of the title compound. XH-NMR (CD3OD)δ0.77 (3H, t, J=7.5 Hz), 1.21-1.57 (4H, m) , 1.67-1.81 (2H, m) , 1.83-2.02 (2H, m) , 2.74 (IH, t, J=11.27 Hz), 3.03 (IH, t, J=6.4 Hz), 3.15 (IH, d, J=12.1 Hz), 4.41 (3H, s), 7.51-7.61 (3H, m) ; MS Calcd.: 277; Found: 278 (M+H) .
N- (4-Bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) -7- (2-ethyl-l- piperidinyl) -l-methyl-122-benzimidazol-2-amine A mixture of 2-chloro-7- (2-ethyl-l-piperidinyl) -1- methyl-122-benzimidazole (100 mg, 0.36 mmol) and 4-bromo-2- methoxy-6-methylaniline (390 mg, 1.8 mmol) was heated at 110 °C for 12 h. The mixture was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate in water, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography eluting with a 15% acetone/hexanes mixture to afford 49.3 mg (30%) of the title compound. H-NMR (CDCl3)δ0.73 (3H, t, J=7.5 Hz), 1.16-1.26 (2H, m) , 1.34-1.48 (2H, m) , 1.62-1.65 (2H, m) , 1.87-1.95 (2H, m) , 2.18 (3H, s), 2.67-2.74 (IH, m) , 2.83-2.87 (IH, m) , 3.09- 3.12 (IH, m) , 3.81 (3H, s) , 4.10 (3H, s) , 6.91 (IH, s) , 6.95-7.04 (3H, m) , 7.29 (IH, d, J=7.5 Hz); MS Calcd.: 456; Found: 457 (M+H), 459.
Compounds described below were prepared in a similar method. Table 15
Figure imgf000236_0001
Figure imgf000237_0001
Figure imgf000238_0001
Figure imgf000239_0001
Figure imgf000240_0002
Example 192
N2- ( 4-Bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl ) -3-methyl-N4, N4- dipropyl-3 2- imidazo [ 4 , 5-c] pyridine-2 , 4-diamine
Figure imgf000240_0001
N3-Methyl-l-oxypyridine-3 , 4-diamine To a slurry of 5.00 g (22.8 mmol) of 3-bromo-4- nitropyridine-1-oxide in 50 mL of tetrahydrofuran (THF) was slowly added 68.5 mL (137 mmol) of methylamine (2.0 M solution in THF) . The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature and concentrated in vacuo . The thus obtained residue was dissolved in 250 mL of dichloromethane and washed with 100 mL of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and 100 mL of water. The combined aqueous layers were extracted with 100 mL of dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give 3.78 g (98%) of the title compound.
XH NMR (CDC13) δ 3.03 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 3H) , 7.48 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, IH) , 7.94 (s, IH) , 8.02 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, IH) ; MS Calcd.: 169; Found: 170 (M+H) .
N3-Methylpyridine-3 , 4-diamine To a nitrogen inerted slurry of 3.78 g (22.3 mmol) of N3-methyl-l-oxypyridine-3 , 4-diamine in 150 mL of methanol was added 2 mL of Raney nickel (50% slurry in water) . The reaction mixture was purged with hydrogen and then stirred under balloon pressure hydrogen overnight. The catalyst was removed by filtration through GFF paper and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to a pink residue that solidified under high vacuum to give 2.90 g (100%) of the title compound.
XH ΝMR (CDCI3) δ 2.89 (s, 3H) , 3.48 (s, IH) , 3.99 (br s, 2H) , 6.55 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, IH) , 7.87 (s, IH) , 7.89 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, IH) ; MS Calcd.: 123; Found: 124 (M+H).
3-Methyl-l, 3-dihydroimidazo [4, 5-c] pyridin-2-one To a solution of 2.80 g (22.7 mmol) of N3- methylpyridine-3, 4-diamine in 125 mL of THF was added 4.42 g (27.3 mmol) of 1, 1' -carbonyldiimidazole and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction slurry was concentrated in vacuo to a volume of about 65 mL and cooled in a -10 °C bath, filtered, and the solids washed with 25 mL of THF. The solids were dried under high vacuum to give 2.35 g (69%) of the title compound. XH NMR (DMSO- 6) δ 3.29 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 3H) , 6.99 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, IH) , 8.12 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, IH) , 8.28. (s, IH) , 11.27 (br s, IH) ; MS Calcd.: 149; Found: 150 (M+H).
3-Methyl-4-nitro-l, 3-dihydroimidazo [4, 5-c] pyridin-2-one To a solution of 1.73 g (11.6 mmol) of 3-methyl-l, 3- dihydroimidazo [4, 5-c] pyridin-2-one in 6.3 mL of concentrated sulfuric acid, cooled in an 0 °C ice bath, was slowly added a solution of 1.50 mL (36.0 mmol) of fuming nitric acid in 1.5 L of concentrated sulfuric acid. The reaction was removed from the ice bath and stirred for 0.5 h at room temperature and then heated at 100 °C for 2 h. The reaction was quenched over 300 mL of ice and solid ammonium carbonate was added to adjust the pH to 9. The resulting slurry was filtered and the collected solids washed with water and dried under high vacuum to give 1.94 g (86%) of the title compound. H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 2.47 (s, 3H) , 7.33-7.37 (m, IH) , 8.07 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, IH) , 11.27 (br s, IH) ; MS Calcd.: 194; Found: 195 (M+H) . 4-Amino-3-methyl-l, 3-dihydroimidazo [4 , 5-c] pyridin-2-one To a nitrogen inerted slurry of 2.24 g (11.5 mmol) of 3-methyl-4-nitro-l, 3-dihydroimidazo [4, 5-c] pyridin-2-one in 25 mL of methanol was added 0.5 mL of Raney nickel (50% slurry in water) . The reaction slurry was purged with hydrogen and then stirred under balloon pressure hydrogen for 1 h. To the reaction slurry was added 20 mL of methanol and the reaction slurry was purged with hydrogen and then stirred under balloon pressure hydrogen for 2 h. The catalyst was removed by filtration through GFF paper and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo . The residue thus obtained (1.54 g, 81%) was used in the next reaction without further purification. MS Calcd.: 164; Found: 165 (M+H).
4-Dipropylamino-3-methyl-l, 3-dihydroimidazo [4, 5-c]pyridin- 2-one To a slurry of 750 mg (4.57 mmol) of 4-amino-3-methyl- 1, 3-dihydroimidazo [4, 5-c]pyridin-2-one in 15 mL of dichloroethane was added 3.30 mL (45.7 mmol) of propionaldehyde, 1.0 mL of acetic acid, and 2.90 g (13.7 mmol) of sodium triacetoxyborohydride and the reaction was heated at 45 °C for 7.5 h. The reaction was diluted with 15 mL of dichloromethane and 15 mL of water and the aqueous layer was extracted with 15 mL of dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo . The residue thus obtained (0.91 g, 80%) was used in the next reaction without further purification. MS Calcd.: 248; Found: 249 (M+H).
(2-Chloro-3-methyl-32-imidazo [4, 5-c] pyridin-4-yl) - dipropylamine A solution of 0.91 g (3.66 mmol) of 4-dipropylamino-3- methyl-1, 3-dihydroimidazo [4, 5-c] pyridin-2-one in 30 mL of phosphorous oxychloride was heated at 100 °C overnight and concentrated in vacuo . The thus obtained residue was quenched with water, adjusted with aqueous sodium bicarbonate to pH 5, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo . The thus obtained residue was triturated with acetonitrile, filtered, and the filtrate, which contained the desired product, was concentrated in vacuo . The residue thus obtained (0.18 g, 18%) was used in the next reaction without further purification. MS Calcd.: 266; Found: 267 (M+H).
N2- (4-Bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) -S-methyl-IV4, N - dipropyl-322-imidazo [4, 5-c]pyridine-2, 4-diamine A neat mixture of 180 mg (0.67 mmol) of (2-chloro-3- methyl-372-imidazo [4, 5-c] pyridin-4-yl) -dipropylamine and 157 mg (0.73 mmol) of 4-bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylaniline was heated at 100 °C for 1 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and the residue was dissolved in 10 mL of dichloromethane, washed with water and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo . This residue thus obtained was purified by preparative HPLC to give 4.5 mg (2% for 3 steps) of the title compound as the trifluoroacetic acid salt.
XH NMR (CDC13) δ 0.87 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 6H) , 1.47-1.56 (m, 4H) , 2.22 (s, 3H) , 3.17 (t, J = 7.6Hz, 4H) , 3.83 (s, 3H) , 3.99 (s, 3H) , 4.72 (br s, IH) , 6.94 (s, IH) , 7.07 (s, IH) , 7.12 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, IH) , 8.00 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, IH) ; MS Calcd.: 445; Found: 446 (M+H).
Example 193
N2- [2- (3-Bromopropoxy) -4-chlorophenyl] -1-methyl-N7, N7- dipropyl-122-benzimidazole-2, 7-diamine
Figure imgf000245_0001
To a solution of 100 mg (0.27 mmol) of 5-chloro-2- (7- dipropylamino-l-methyl-122-benzimidazol-2-ylamino) phenol in 4 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added 77 mg (0.30 mmol) of triphenylphosphine and 51 mg (0.30 mmol) of diethylazodicarboxylate and the reaction mixture was stirred for 90 minutes at room temperature. To the reaction mixture was added 41 mg (0.30 mmol) of 3- bromopropan-1-ol and the reaction was stirred overnight. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes to give 100 mg (76%) of the title compound. H NMR (CDC13) δ 0.84 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 6H) , 1.47 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 4H) , 2.40-2.47 (m, 2H) , 2.98 (br s, 4H) , 3.61 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H) , 4.07 (s, 3H) , 4.28 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H) , 6.85 (s, IH) , 6.91 (s, IH) , 6.95 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, IH) , 7.03 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH) , 7.08 (t, J= 7.8, IH) , 7.36 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH) , 8.47 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH) ; MS Calcd.: 492; MS Found: 493 (M+H) .
Example 194
4- [5-Chloro-2- [ [7- (dipropylamino) -l-methyl-122-benzimidazol- 2-yl] amino] phenoxy) butanenitrile
Figure imgf000247_0001
To a solution of 80 mg (0.16 mmol) of N2- [ 2- ( 3- bromopropoxy) -4-chlorophenyl] -1-methyl-N7, N7-dipropyl-l22- benzimidazole-2, 7-diamine in 2 L of dimethylsulfoxide was added 13 mg (0.19 mmol) of potassium cyanide. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for several hours, diluted with 10 mL water, and extracted twice with 10 mL ethyl acetate. The organics were washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by flash chromatography eluting with a solution of 20% acetone/hexanes to give 75 mg (100%) of the title compound.
XH ΝMR (CDC13) δ 0.84 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 6H) , 1.42-1.51 (m, 4H) , 2.22-2.28 (m, 2H) , 2.59 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H) , 2.98 (br s, 4H) , 4.07 (s, 3H) , 4.23 (t, <J = 5.5 Hz, 2H) , 6.86 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH) , 6.94 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH) , 7.02-7.09 (m, 2H) , 7.34 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH) , 8.40 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH) ; MS Calcd.: 439; MS Found: 440 (M+H).
A compound described below was prepared in a similar method. Table 16
Figure imgf000248_0001
Example 196 [5-Chloro-2- [ [7- (dipropylamino) -l-methyl-222-benzimidazol-2- yl] amino] phenoxy] acetonitrile
Figure imgf000248_0002
To a solution of 48 mg (0.40 mmol) of 5-chloro-2- (7- dipropylamino-l-methyl-l22-benzimidazol-2-ylamino) phenol in 5 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added 114 mg (0.59 mmol) of cesium bicarbonate and 50 mg (0.41 mmol) of bromoacetonitrile and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Bromoacetonitrile, 200 mg (1.64 mmol), was added to the reaction and the mixture was stirred several hours at room temperature. Then 50 mg (0.36 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added to the reaction and it was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo to a residue that was dissolved in dichloromethane, washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo . The resulting residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with a solution of 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes to give 64 mg (58%) of the title compound.
XH NMR (CDC13) δ 0.84 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 6H) , 1.42-1.52 (m, 4H) , 2.99 (br s, 4H) , 4.09 (s, 3H) , 4.88 (s, 2H) , 6.68 (s, IH) , 6.93-6.98 (m, 2H) , 7.09 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, IH) , 7.12-7.15 (m, IH) , 7.35 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH) , 8.51 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH) ; MS Calcd.: 411; MS Found: 412 (M+H).
A compound of Example 197, shown in the Table 17, was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 193. Table 17
Figure imgf000249_0001
A compound of Example 198, shown in the Table 18, was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 194. Table 18
Figure imgf000250_0001
Example 199
4- [5-Chloro-2- [ [7- (dipropylamino) -l-methyl-1 2-benzimidazol-
2-yl] amino] phenoxy] butyric acid
Figure imgf000251_0001
To a solution of 63 mg (0.14 mmol) of 4- [5-chloro-2-
[ [7- (dipropylamino) -l-methyl-122-benzimidazol-2- yl] amino] phenoxy) butanenitrile in 3 mL of EtOH and 1 mL of water was added 29 mg (0.72 mmol) of sodium hydroxide pellets and the reaction was stirred at 75 °C for 48 h. To the reaction mixture was added 75 mg (1.87 mmol) of sodium hydroxide pellets and the reaction heated at 75 °C for 24 h and concentrated in vacuo to a residue. The thus obtained residue was dissolved in 5 mL of water and the pH was adjusted to 4-5 using hydrochloric acid (IN aqueous solution) . The resulting slurry was filtered, and the solids were washed with water and dried under high vacuum to give 46 mg (70%) of the title compound as white solids. MS Calcd.: 458; MS Found: 459 (M+H).
Example 200
4- [5-Chloro-2- [ [7- (dipropylamino) -l-methyl-122-benzimidazol-
2-yl] amino] phenoxy] -N-methylbutanamide Hydrochloride
Figure imgf000252_0001
To a slurry of 20 mg (0.044 mmol) of 4- [5-chloro-2- [ [7- (dipropylamino) -l-methyl-lH-benzimidazol-2- yl] amino] phenoxy] butyric acid in 2 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added 25 mg (0.065 mmol) of O- (7-azabenzotriazol-l-yl) - N, N, N' , N' -tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) , 19 μL (0.11 mmol) of diisopropylethylamine, and 54 μL (0.11 mmol) of methylamine (2M solution in tetrahydrofuran) . The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 h, diluted with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organics were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo . The thus obtained residue was purified via preparative TLC eluting with a 75% ethyl acetate/hexanes solution. The isolated product was washed off the silica with 100% ethyl acetate and concentrated in vacuo . The thus obtained residue was dissolved in methanol and hydrochloric acid (IN solution in diethyl ether) was added. The resulting slurry was concentrated in vacuo to give 9.0 mg (44%) of the title compound as the hydrochloric salt.
XH ΝMR (CDC13) δ (free form) 0.84 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 6H) , 1.43- 1.52 (m, 4H) , 2.23-2.28 (m, 2H) , 2.31-2.34 (m, 2H) , 2.66 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 3H) , 2.99 (br s, 4H) , 4.08 (t, j = 5.6 Hz, 2H) , 4.16 (s, 3H) , 5.54 (br s, IH) , 6.82 (s, IH) , 6.95 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, 2H) , 7.29 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, IH) , 8.31 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH) . MS Calcd.: 471; MS Found: 472 (M+H) .
A compound described below was prepared in a similar method. Table 19
Figure imgf000253_0001
Example 202
2- [ (4-Bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) amino] -N, N-diethyl-1- methyl-122-benzimidazole-7-carboxamide Hydrochloride
Figure imgf000254_0001
Methyl 2-chloro-l-methyl-122-benzimidazole-7-carboxylate A solution of 2.00 g (9.70 mmol) of methyl l-methyl-2- oxo-1, 3-dihydro-222-benzimidazole-7-carboxylate in 20 mL of phosphorous oxychloride was heated at 100 °C for 6h. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo and the thus obtained residue was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo . The thus obtained residue was purified via flash chromatography eluting with a solution of 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes to give 1.77 g (81%) of the title compound as white solids. H ΝMR (CDC13) δ 3.98 (s, 3H) , 4.00 (s, 3H) , 7.26-7.31 (m, IH) , 7.82 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH) , 7.86 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH) . MS Calcd.: 224; MS Found: 225 (M+H).
Methyl 2- [ (4-bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) amino] -1- methyl-lI2-benzimidazole-7-carboxylate A mixture of 1.50 g (6.68 mmol) of methyl 2-chloro-l- methyl-122-benzimidazole-7-carboxylate and 2.89 g (13.4 mmol) of 4-bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenylamine was heated at 100 °C for five days. The cooled reaction was dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, water and brine. The organics were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo . The thus obtained residue was purified via flash chromatography eluting with 100% dichloromethane to elute the residual 4- bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenylamine and 30% ethyl acetate/hexanes to give 356 mg (13%) of the title compound.
XH NMR (CDC1 ) δ 2.17 (s, 3H) , 3.82 (s, 3H) , 3.86 (s, 3H) , 3.97 (s, 3H) , 5.96 (s, IH) , 6.94 (s, IH) , 7.05 (s, IH) , 7.12 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, IH) , 7.61-7.67 (m, 2H) . MS Calcd.: 403; MS Found: 404 (M+H) .
'2- [ (4-Bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) amino] -l-methyl-122- benzimidazole-7-carboxylic acid To a solution of 150 mg (0.371 mmol) of methyl 2-[(4- bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) amino] -1-methyl-122- benzimidazole-7-carboxylate in 5 mL of tetrahydrofuran and 2.5 mL of water was added 156 mg (3.71 mmol) of lithium hydroxide monohydrate and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight and concentrated in vacuo . The thus obtained residue was diluted with water and carefully adjusted to pH 4-5 using 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid. The resulting solids were filtered, washed with water and dried under high vacuum to give 112 mg (77%) of the title compound as white solids. MS Calcd. : 389; MS Found: 390 (M+H) .
2- [ (4-Bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) amino] -N, N-diethyl-1- methyl-122-benzimidazole-7-carboxamide Hydrochloride To a slurry of 22 mg (0.056 mmol) of 2- [ (4-bromo-2- methoxy-6-methylphenyl) amino] -l-methyl-122-benzimidazole-7- carboxylic acid in 4 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added 32 mg (0.085 mmol) of HATU, 25 μL (0.14 mmol) of diisopropylethylamine, and 15 μL (0.14 mmol) of diethylamine and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 4 h and concentrated in vacuo . The thus obtained residue was diluted with water and extracted with dichloromethane containing 5% methanol. The organics were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated in vacuo and the thus obtained residue was purified via preparative TLC eluting with 10% methanol/dichloromethane. The isolated product was washed off the silica with 5% methanol/ethyl acetate and concentrated in vacuo . To a solution of the purified title compound in methanol was added hydrochloric acid (IN solution in diethyl ether) and the thus obtained slurry was concentrated in vacuo to give 14 mg (58%) of the title compound as the hydrochloric salt. XH NMR (CDC13) δ (free form) H NMR (CDC13) δ 1.11 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H) , 1.32 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H) , 2.17 (s, 3H) , 3.31 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H) , 3.55 (br s, 2H) , 3.67 (s, 3H) , 3.82 (s, 3H) , 4.72 (s, IH) , 6.93-6.96 (m, 2H) , 7.05 (s, IH) , 7.10 (t, J = 1 . 1 Hz, IH) , 7.50 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH) . MS Calcd.: 444; MS Found: 445 (M+H) .
Compounds described below were prepared in a similar method. Table 20
Figure imgf000257_0001
Figure imgf000258_0002
Example 206
N2- (4-Bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) -N7-propyl-l-methyl-N7- [2- (methylsulf onyl) phenyl] -122-benzimidazole-2, 7-diamine
Figure imgf000258_0001
7- [N- [ (2-Methylsulfonyl) phenyl] -N-propylamino] -3- (4- methoxybenzyl) -1-methyl-l, 3-dihydro-222-benzimidazol-2-one
A mixture of 7- [N- [ (2-methylthio) phenyl] -N- propylamino] -3- (4-methoxybenzyl) -1-methyl-l, 3-dihydro-222- benzimidazol-2-one (630 mg, 1.41 mmol), prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 138, m- chloroperbenzoic acid (730 mg, 4.22 mmol) and acetonitrile (5 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 3hr. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was chromatographed on silica gel eluting with a solution of 50% hexane/ethyl acetate to give 500 mg (74%) of the title compound as an oil. MS Calcd: 479; Found: 480 (M+H) . XH ΝMR (CDC13) δ 0.91 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.68-1.74 (2H, m) , 2.35 (3H, s) , 3.50-3.54 (2H, m) , 3.77 (3H, s) , 3.89 (3H, s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.20 (IH, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 6.67 (IH, t, J = 8.0 Hz), 6.74 (IH, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 6.84 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.26-7.31 (3H, m) , 7.48 (IH, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.64-7.69 (IH, m) , 8.07 (IH, dd, J = 8.0, 1.6 Hz) .
From this compound, the title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 138. MS Calcd: 556, 558; Found: 557, 559 (M+H). H NMR (CDCI3) δ 0.95 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.73-1.79 (2H, m) , 2.04 (3H, s) , 2.22 (3H, s) , 3.58 (2H, t, J = 8.0 Hz), 3.85 (3H, s), 4.13 (3H, s) , 5.95 (IH, s) , 6.24 (IH, d, J = 7.8 Hz), 6.83 (IH, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 6.94 (IH, s) , 7.06 (IH, s), 7.21-7.32 (2H, m) , 7.49 (IH, d, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.67 (IH, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 8.07 (IH, d, J = 7.8 Hz).
Example 207
4-[ [2-[ (4-Bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) amino] -1-methyl- l22-benzimidazol-7-yl] (isopropyl) amino] benzonitrile
Figure imgf000260_0001
4-[ (2-Chloro-l-methyl-122-benzimidazol-7- ylamino] benzonitrile A mixture of 4- [ (l-methyl-2-oxo-l, 3-dihydro-222- benzimidazol-7-yl) amino] benzonitrile (137 mg, 0.518 mmol), prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 138, and phosphorous oxychloride (1.5 ml) was refluxed for 3 h.
The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was flash chromatographed eluting with a solution of 25% ethyl acetate/hexane to give 66 mg (45%) of the title compound. MS Calcd.: 282; Found: 283 (M+H) H NMR (CDC13) δ3.79 (3H, s) , 5.97 (IH, s) , 6.62 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.09 (IH, d, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.28 (IH, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.46 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.66 (IH, d, J = 7.8 Hz).
4- [ (2-Chloro-l-methyl-l22-benzimidazol-7- yl) (isopropyl) amino] benzonitrile To a suspension of 4- [ (2-chloro-l-methyl-l22- benzimidazol-7-yl) amino] benzonitrile (64 mg, 0.226 mmol), tetrabutylammonium iodide (8.4 mg, 0.023 mmol) and sodium hydride (18.1 mg, 0.679 mmol, 90% dry) was added 2- bro opropane (0.07231 ml, 0.679 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hr. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo . The residue was chromatographed on silica gel eluting with a solution of 50% hexane/ethyl acetate to give 64 mg (84%) of the title compound. MS Calcd.: 324; Found: 325 (M+H)
IH NMR (CDCI3) δθ.96 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 1.43 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 3.58 (3H, s) , 4.30-4.43 (IH, m) , 6.49 (2H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.02 (IH, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.34 (IH, t, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.42 (2H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.75 (IH, d, J = 8.0 Hz) .
4- [ [2- [ (4-Bromo-2-methoxy-6-methylphenyl) amino] -1-methyl- 122-benzimidazol-7-yl] (isopropyl) amino] benzonitrile A mixture of 4- [ (2-chloro-l-methyl-l22-benzimidazol-7- yl) (isopropyl) amino] benzonitrile (50 mg, 0.154 mmol) and 4- bromo-2-methyl-6-methoxyaniline (100 mg, 0.46 mmol) was stirred at 120 °C for 3 days. The mixture was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and water, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was chromatographed on silica gel eluting with a solution of 33% ethyl acetate/ hexane . The desired fractions were concentrated in vacuo, and the residual solids were washed with diethyl ether- hexane to give 7.4 mg (9.5%) of the title compound. MS Calcd.: 503, 505; Found: 504, 506 (M+H). H NMR (CDC13) δ 1.03 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 1.42 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 2.18 (3H, s) , 3.49 (3H, s) , 3.81 (3H, s) , 4.34- 4.40 (IH, m) , 5.82 (IH, s) , 6.55 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.80 (IH, d, J = 7.8 Hz), 6.93 (IH, s) , 7.06 (IH, s) , 7.16 (IH, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.42 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.55 (IH, d, J = 7.8 Hz) .
A compounds described below was prepared in a similar method .
Table 21
Figure imgf000263_0001
Experiment 1 Measurement of Corticotropin-Releasing Factor (CRF) binding inhibitory rate A receptor binding experiment was carried out using a human CRF receptor expressing CHO cellular membrane fraction and sheep CRF, [125I] -tyr° (125I-CRF) . 100 nM of a test compound was incubated with 1 μg of human CRF receptor expressing CHO cellular membrane fraction and 50 pM of 1251- CRF in a binding assay buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, 5 mM EDTA, 10 mM MgCl2, 0.05% CHAPS, 0.1% BSA, 0.5 mM PMSF, 0.1 g/ml pepstatin, 20 μg/ml leupeptin, pH 7.5). In addition, for measuring nonspecific binding (NSB) , 0.1 μM unlabelled human Urocortin was incubated with 1 μg of human CRF receptor expressing CHO cellular membrane fraction and 50 pM of 125I-CRF in a binding assay buffer. After a binding reaction was carried out at room temperature for 1 hour, the membrane was entrapped on a glass filter (UniFilter plate GF-C/Perkin Elmer) by suction filtration using a cell harvester (Perkin Elmer) , and washed with ice-cooled 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5). After drying the glass filter, a liquid scintillation cocktail (Microscinti 0, Perkin Elmer) was added, and the radioactivity of 125I-CRF remaining on a glass filter was measured using Topcount (Perkin Elmer) . (TB-SB) /(TB-NSB) x 100 (SB: radioactivity when a compound is added, TB: maximum binding radioactivity, NSB: nonspecific binding radioactivity) was calculated to obtain a binding inhibitory rate under the presence of 1,000 nM or 100 nM of each test substances. Binding inhibitory rates of respective compounds measured by the aforementioned method are shown in Table 22. Table 22
Figure imgf000264_0001
183 >80
Experiment 2 CRF antagonistic activity The CRF antagonistic activity was obtained by measuring inhibition of Adenylate Cyclase activity induced by CRF. Measurement of intracellular cyclic AMP (cAMP) concentration was carried out using Alpha Screen Reagent (Perkin Elmer) according to the method described in the protocol attached to the reagent. Specifically, a human CRF receptor expressing CHO cell was inoculated on a 96- well plate at 40000 cells/well, cultured for 24 hours, the culture medium was sucked, and 1 μM of test compound and 100 μl of assay buffer (20 mM HEPES, Hanks' Balanced Salt Solution, 0.1% BSA, 100 μM IBMX, pH 7.2) containing 1 nM of human CRF were added. In addition, in order to measure the intracellular cAMP concentration at stationary state, a compound and a buffer containing no CRF were added. After reacting at room temperature for 30 minutes, a buffer containing 1.5 μg of Anti-cAMP acceptor beads was added thereto, 2 μg of Biotin-cAMP/streptoavidin beads and a buffer containing 0.15% Tween 20 were added, the mixture were reacted at room temperature for 3 hours, and light emission was measured with Fusion (Perkin Elmer) . INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY Compound (I) or (la) of the present invention has an excellent CRF antagonistic activity, and therefore useful as drugs for treating or preventing affective disorder, depression, anxiety, and the like.

Claims

CLAIMS 1. A compound represented by the formula (I):
Figure imgf000267_0001
wherein, ring A is a 5-membered ring represented by the formula (A' ) :
Figure imgf000267_0002
wherein X is a carbon and X1 is an oxygen, a sulfur or - NR5- (wherein R5 is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl), or formula (A"):
Figure imgf000267_0003
wherein X is a nitrogen and R6 is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl;
R1 is (1) an amino substituted by two substituents selected from an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group and an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or (2) an optionally substituted cyclic amino, provided that the amino nitrogen of said cyclic amino has no carbonyl adjacent to the nitrogen; R2 is an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heterocyclic; Y1, Y2 and Y3 are each an optionally substituted methyne or a nitrogen, provided that one or less of Y1, Y2 and Y3 is nitrogen;
W is a bond, ~(CH2)n- or -(CH2)m-CO- (wherein n is an integer of 1 to 4 and m is an integer of 0 to 4); Z is a bond, -CO-, an oxygen, a sulfur, -SO-, -S02-, -NR4-, -NR4-alk-, -CONR4- or -NR4C0- (wherein alk is an optionally substituted Cι_ alkylene and R4 is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl) ; provided that (i) the compound wherein ring A is the 5- membered ring of the formula A' (wherein X is a carbon and X1 is a sulfur) , W is a bond, Z is -NHCO- or -C0NH-, and Y1 is CR3a (wherein R3a is a hydrogen, a halogen, or an alkoxy) and (ii) the compound wherein ring A is the 5-membered ring of the formula A" (wherein X is a carbon and X1 is an oxygen, a sulfur, or -NH-) , R1 is an optionally substituted 1- piperazinyl, W is a bond, Z is a bond and R2 is an optionally substituted aryl, are excluded; or a salt thereof.
2. A prodrug of the compound according to claim 1.
3. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R1 is. an amino substituted by two optionally substituted Cι_4 alkyl groups .
4. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R1 is an amino substituted by an optionally substituted Cι_4 alkyl and an optionally substituted phenyl or optionally substituted heterocyclic.
5. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R1 is a 5- or 6-membered cyclic amino which may be substituted with one or more substituents.
6. The compound according to claim 1 wherein Y1 is CR3a, Y2 is CR3b, and Y3 is CR3c (wherein R3a, R3b and R3c are independently a hydrogen, a halogen, a nitro, an optionally substituted Cι- hydrocarbyl, an optionally substituted Cι_4 hydrocarbyloxy, an optionally substituted Cι_ hydrocarbylthio, an optionally substituted amino or an acyl containing up to 4 carbon atoms) .
7. The compound according to claim 1 wherein one of Y1, Y2 and Y3 is nitrogen.
8. The compound according to claim 1 wherein W is a bond.
9. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R2 is an optionally substituted Cδ-io aryl or an optionally substituted 5- or 10-membered heterocyclic.
10. The compound according to claim 1 wherein Z is -NR4- (wherein R4 is as defined in claim 1) .
11. The compound according to claim 1 wherein ring A is a thiazole ring or an imidazole ring represented by the formula (Aa) :
Figure imgf000270_0001
wherein R5a is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted Cι_ alkyl or an acyl containing up to 4 carbon atoms.
12. The compound according to claim 1 wherein Y1 is CR3a, Y2 is CR3b and Y3 is CR3c (wherein R3a, R3b and R3c are independently a hydrogen, a halogen, a nitro, an optionally substituted Cι-4 hydrocarbyl, an optionally substituted Cι-4 hydrocarbyloxy, an optionally substituted Cι_4 hydrocarbylthio, an optionally substituted amino or an acyl containing up to 4 carbon atoms) ; W is a bond; R2 is an optionally substituted Cβ-io aryl or an optionally substituted 5- or 10-membered heterocyclic; and Z is -NR4- (wherein R4 is a hydrogen or an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl) ; and ring A is a thiazole ring or an imidazole ring represented by the formula (Aa) :
Figure imgf000270_0002
wherein R5a is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted Cι-4 alkyl, or an acyl containing up to 4 carbon atoms.
13. A method for treating or preventing a disease wherein a CRF receptor is implicated, which comprises administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound represented by the formula (la) :
Figure imgf000271_0001
wherein ring A is a 5-membered ring represented by the formula (A' ) :
Figure imgf000271_0002
wherein X is a carbon and X1 is an oxygen, a sulfur or - NR5- (wherein R5 is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl) , or formula (A") :
Figure imgf000271_0003
wherein X is a nitrogen and R6 is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl; Rla is (1) an amino substituted by two substituents selected from an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl group and an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or (2) an optionally substituted cyclic amino; R2 is an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heterocyclic; Y1, Y2 and Y3 are each an optionally substituted methyne or a nitrogen, provided that one or less of Y1, Y2 and Y3 is nitrogen;
W is a bond, -(CH2)n- or -(CH2)m-CO-, wherein n is an integer of 1 to 4 and m is an integer of 0 to 4; Z is a bond, -CO-, an oxygen, a sulfur, -SO-, -S02-, -NR4-, -NR4-alk-, -CONR4- or -NR4CO- (wherein alk is an optionally substituted Cι_4 alkylene and R4 is a hydrogen, an optionally substituted hydrocarbyl or an acyl) ; provided that the compound wherein ring A is the 5-membered ring of the formula A' (wherein X is a carbon and X1 is a sulfur), W is a bond, Z is -NHCO- or -CONH-, and Y1 is CR3a (wherein R3a is a halogen, or an alkoxy) is excluded; or a salt thereof.
14. The method according to claim 13 wherein the disease being treated or prevented is selected from affective disorder, depression and anxiety.
15. Use of the compound (la) according to claim 13, or a salt thereof for manufacturing a medicament for preventing or treating a disease wherein a CRF receptor is implicated.
16. Use of the compound (la) according to claim 13, or a salt thereof for manufacturing a medicament for preventing or treating affective disorder, depression or anxiety.
17. An agent for preventing or treating a disease wherein a CRF receptor is implicated, which comprises the compound (la) according to claim 13 or a salt thereof.
18. An agent for preventing or treating affective disorder, depression or anxiety which comprises the compound (la) according to claim 13 or a salt thereof.
PCT/US2004/035648 2003-10-31 2004-10-27 Nitrogen-containing fused heterocyclic compounds WO2005044793A2 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/577,334 US7714009B2 (en) 2003-10-31 2004-10-27 Nitrogen-containing fused heterocyclic compounds
JP2006538217A JP4842829B2 (en) 2003-10-31 2004-10-27 Nitrogen-containing fused heterocyclic compounds
CA002543707A CA2543707A1 (en) 2003-10-31 2004-10-27 Nitrogen-containing fused heterocyclic compounds
EP04810065A EP1677791A4 (en) 2003-10-31 2004-10-27 Nitrogen-containing fused heterocyclic compounds

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US51616403P 2003-10-31 2003-10-31
US60/516,164 2003-10-31
US56051804P 2004-04-08 2004-04-08
US60/560,518 2004-04-08

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2005044793A2 true WO2005044793A2 (en) 2005-05-19
WO2005044793A3 WO2005044793A3 (en) 2006-03-30

Family

ID=34576771

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2004/035648 WO2005044793A2 (en) 2003-10-31 2004-10-27 Nitrogen-containing fused heterocyclic compounds

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US7714009B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1677791A4 (en)
JP (1) JP4842829B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2543707A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2005044793A2 (en)

Cited By (57)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1568699A1 (en) * 2002-12-04 2005-08-31 Eisai Co., Ltd. 1,3-dihydroimidazole fused-ring compound
WO2006078907A1 (en) * 2005-01-20 2006-07-27 Amgen Inc. 2-substituted benzimidazole derivatives as vanilloid receptor ligands and their use in treatments
WO2007009774A1 (en) * 2005-07-21 2007-01-25 Novartis Ag Benzimidazole derivatives for treatment of inflammatory diseases
WO2007041379A1 (en) * 2005-09-30 2007-04-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Met kinase inhibitors
WO2007069565A1 (en) 2005-12-12 2007-06-21 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Bicyclic heterocyclic compound
FR2903105A1 (en) * 2006-07-03 2008-01-04 Sanofi Aventis Sa 2-BENZOYL-IMIDAZOPYRIDINE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC USE
WO2008051533A2 (en) 2006-10-25 2008-05-02 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Benzimidazole compounds
WO2008082003A1 (en) * 2006-12-29 2008-07-10 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Fused heterocyclic compounds having crf antagonistic activity
WO2009138176A1 (en) 2008-05-15 2009-11-19 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted imidazo- and triazolopyrimidines, imidazo- and pyrazolopyrazines and imidazotriazines as gsk3beta-inhibitors
WO2010032461A1 (en) * 2008-09-17 2010-03-25 武田薬品工業株式会社 Nitrogen-containing fused ring compound
US7704989B2 (en) 2006-07-03 2010-04-27 Sanofi-Aventis Derivatives of imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-2-carboxamides, preparation method thereof and use of same in therapeutics
WO2010084050A2 (en) 2009-01-13 2010-07-29 Novartis Ag Quinazolinone derivatives useful as vanilloid antagonists
EP2305652A2 (en) 2005-12-08 2011-04-06 Novartis AG Trisubstituted quinazolinone derivatives as vanilloid antagonists
US7960561B2 (en) 2005-06-21 2011-06-14 Neurosearch A/S 2-(phenylamino) benzimidazole derivatives and their use as modulators of small-conductance calcium-activated potassium channels
WO2011092293A2 (en) 2010-02-01 2011-08-04 Novartis Ag Cyclohexyl amide derivatives as crf receptor antagonists
WO2011092290A1 (en) 2010-02-01 2011-08-04 Novartis Ag Pyrazolo[5,1b]oxazole derivatives as crf-1 receptor antagonists
WO2011095450A1 (en) 2010-02-02 2011-08-11 Novartis Ag Cyclohexyl amide derivatives as crf receptor antagonists
CN102153538A (en) * 2010-02-11 2011-08-17 山东轩竹医药科技有限公司 Benzocyclodirivative
US8163935B2 (en) 2005-04-27 2012-04-24 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Fused heterocyclic compounds
US8207350B2 (en) 2006-02-15 2012-06-26 Abbott Laboratories Acetyl-CoA carboxylase (ACC) inhibitors and their use in diabetes, obesity and metabolic syndrome
WO2012164473A1 (en) 2011-05-27 2012-12-06 Novartis Ag 3-spirocyclic piperidine derivatives as ghrelin receptor agonists
US8329914B2 (en) 2008-10-31 2012-12-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp Cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
US8394969B2 (en) 2008-09-26 2013-03-12 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
US8410284B2 (en) 2008-10-22 2013-04-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp Cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
US8466186B2 (en) 2010-12-10 2013-06-18 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Compounds
US8486968B2 (en) 2010-12-10 2013-07-16 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Compounds
US8563746B2 (en) 2008-10-29 2013-10-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp Cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
WO2013164790A1 (en) 2012-05-03 2013-11-07 Novartis Ag L-malate salt of 2, 7 - diaza - spiro [4.5 ] dec- 7 - yle derivatives and crystalline forms thereof as ghrelin receptor agonists
US8586604B2 (en) 2010-08-20 2013-11-19 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Inhibitors of the microsomal prostaglandin E2 synthase-1
US8598190B2 (en) 2008-09-25 2013-12-03 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh 3H-imidazo [4, 5-C] pyridine-6-carboxamides as anti-inflammatory agents
US8674113B2 (en) 2010-12-10 2014-03-18 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Compounds
US8697708B2 (en) 2010-09-15 2014-04-15 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Azabenzothiazole compounds, compositions and methods of use
US8735595B2 (en) 2006-02-15 2014-05-27 Abbvie Inc. Acetyl-CoA carboxylase (ACC) inhibitors and their use in diabetes, obesity and metabolic syndrome
US8748627B2 (en) 2006-02-15 2014-06-10 Abbvie Inc. Acetyl-CoA carboxylase (ACC) inhibitors and their use in diabetes, obesity and metabolic syndrome
US8759537B2 (en) 2010-08-20 2014-06-24 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh 3H-imidazo [4, 5-C] pyridine-6-carboxamides as anti-inflammatory agents
US8895596B2 (en) 2010-02-25 2014-11-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp Cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
US8921405B2 (en) 2009-03-05 2014-12-30 Orexo Ab Compounds
WO2016198322A1 (en) 2015-06-08 2016-12-15 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft N-menthylbenzimidazoles as midh1 inhibitors
WO2017009325A1 (en) 2015-07-16 2017-01-19 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft 5-hydroxyalkylbenzimidazoles as midh1 inhibitors
US9670210B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2017-06-06 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9695167B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2017-07-04 Incyte Corporation Substituted triazolo[1,5-a]pyridines and triazolo[1,5-a]pyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9695180B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2017-07-04 Incyte Corporation Substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9695168B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2017-07-04 Incyte Corporation Substituted imidazo[1,5-α]pyridines and imidazo[1,5-α]pyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9758523B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2017-09-12 Incyte Corporation Triazolopyridines and triazolopyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9944647B2 (en) 2015-04-03 2018-04-17 Incyte Corporation Heterocyclic compounds as LSD1 inhibitors
US9951027B2 (en) 2014-02-11 2018-04-24 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Benzimidazol-2-amines as MIDH1 inhibitors
US9957235B2 (en) 2014-02-11 2018-05-01 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Benzimidazol-2-amines as mIDH1 inhibitors
US9994546B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2018-06-12 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10137110B2 (en) 2014-10-23 2018-11-27 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft 1-cyclohexyl-2-phenylaminobenzimidazoles as mIDH1 inhibitors for the treatment of tumors
US10138226B2 (en) 2014-10-23 2018-11-27 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Benzimidazol-2-amines as MIDH1 inhibitors
US10166221B2 (en) 2016-04-22 2019-01-01 Incyte Corporation Formulations of an LSD1 inhibitor
US10300051B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2019-05-28 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10329255B2 (en) 2015-08-12 2019-06-25 Incyte Corporation Salts of an LSD1 inhibitor
CN110156712A (en) * 2019-04-25 2019-08-23 邵玉田 It is a kind of to utilize aromatic nitration by-product synthesis benzoxazoles class compound and application
US10513493B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2019-12-24 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10968200B2 (en) 2018-08-31 2021-04-06 Incyte Corporation Salts of an LSD1 inhibitor and processes for preparing the same
US11773110B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2023-10-03 Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Heterocycle amines and uses thereof

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3134405B1 (en) 2014-04-25 2019-08-28 Pfizer Inc Heteroaromatic compounds and their use as dopamine d1 ligands
CN108970632A (en) * 2018-08-14 2018-12-11 浙江辰阳化工有限公司 A kind of load type bimetal catalyst and preparation method thereof efficiently synthesizing DBE

Family Cites Families (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CH653021A5 (en) * 1981-04-24 1985-12-13 Delalande Sa PIPERIDINO, PIPERAZINO AND HOMOPIPERAZINO DERIVATIVES, N-SUBSTITUTED BY AN AROMATIC HETEROCYCLIC GROUP, THEIR PREPARATION METHOD AND THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITION CONTAINING THEM.
DK169601B1 (en) * 1983-10-17 1994-12-19 Duphar Int Res Piperazine derivatives and pharmaceutical preparations containing such derivative, as well as piperazine derivatives with intermediate use
DE4241658A1 (en) 1992-12-04 1994-06-09 Schering Ag Substd. 2-thiobenzthiazole derivs. - selective herbicides esp. suitable for use in beet, cotton, soya and cereal crops
PL313973A1 (en) * 1993-10-12 1996-08-05 Du Pont Merck Pharma 1 n-alkyl-n-arylopyrimidin amines and their derivatives
US6077812A (en) 1997-02-26 2000-06-20 Fmc Corporation Cycloimido-substituted benzofused heterocyclic herbicides
US6281237B1 (en) * 1999-04-02 2001-08-28 Neurogen Corporation N-phenyl benzimidazolecarboxamide and N-phenyl indolecarboxamide derivatives
CA2369553A1 (en) * 1999-04-02 2000-10-12 Raymond F. Horvath N-benzimidazolylmethyl and n-indolylmethyl-benzamides and their use as crf modulators
MY125533A (en) * 1999-12-06 2006-08-30 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Heterocyclic dihydropyrimidine compounds
US6627645B2 (en) 2000-04-28 2003-09-30 Acadia Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Muscarinic agonists
US20030216257A1 (en) * 2000-07-18 2003-11-20 Ingo Sagasser 1-aryl-4-alkyl halide-2(1h)-pyridones and their use as herbicides
TWI312347B (en) * 2001-02-08 2009-07-21 Eisai R&D Man Co Ltd Bicyclic nitrogen-containing condensed ring compounds
US6599901B1 (en) 2001-11-19 2003-07-29 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Pyridone substituted benzothiazole derivatives
US6620811B2 (en) 2001-11-19 2003-09-16 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Isonicotin- and nicotinamide derivatives of benzothiazoles
MXPA04004982A (en) 2001-11-27 2004-08-11 Hoffmann La Roche Benzothiazole derivatives.
US6624163B2 (en) 2001-11-29 2003-09-23 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Benzothiazole derivatives
US6727247B2 (en) 2001-12-10 2004-04-27 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Substituted benzothiazole amide derivatives
US6713499B2 (en) * 2001-12-12 2004-03-30 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. 7-Amino-benzothiazole derivatives
US7087761B2 (en) * 2003-01-07 2006-08-08 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Cyclization process for substituted benzothiazole derivatives
FR2851563B1 (en) 2003-02-26 2005-04-22 Sod Conseils Rech Applic NOVEL BENZIMIDAZOLE AND IMIDAZO-PYRIDINE DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE AS A MEDICINAL PRODUCT
US7531553B2 (en) * 2003-03-21 2009-05-12 Amgen Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and methods of use

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See references of EP1677791A4 *

Cited By (93)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1568699A1 (en) * 2002-12-04 2005-08-31 Eisai Co., Ltd. 1,3-dihydroimidazole fused-ring compound
US7524847B2 (en) 2002-12-04 2009-04-28 Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. Fused 1,3-dihydro-imidazole ring compounds
EP1568699A4 (en) * 2002-12-04 2007-08-15 Eisai R&D Man Co Ltd 1,3-dihydroimidazole fused-ring compound
US7429608B2 (en) 2005-01-20 2008-09-30 Amgen Inc. Benzo[d]imidazol analogs as vanilloid receptor ligands and their use in treatments
WO2006078907A1 (en) * 2005-01-20 2006-07-27 Amgen Inc. 2-substituted benzimidazole derivatives as vanilloid receptor ligands and their use in treatments
US8163935B2 (en) 2005-04-27 2012-04-24 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Fused heterocyclic compounds
US7960561B2 (en) 2005-06-21 2011-06-14 Neurosearch A/S 2-(phenylamino) benzimidazole derivatives and their use as modulators of small-conductance calcium-activated potassium channels
WO2007009774A1 (en) * 2005-07-21 2007-01-25 Novartis Ag Benzimidazole derivatives for treatment of inflammatory diseases
WO2007041379A1 (en) * 2005-09-30 2007-04-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Met kinase inhibitors
US7547782B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2009-06-16 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Met kinase inhibitors
EP2305652A2 (en) 2005-12-08 2011-04-06 Novartis AG Trisubstituted quinazolinone derivatives as vanilloid antagonists
WO2007069565A1 (en) 2005-12-12 2007-06-21 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Bicyclic heterocyclic compound
US8735595B2 (en) 2006-02-15 2014-05-27 Abbvie Inc. Acetyl-CoA carboxylase (ACC) inhibitors and their use in diabetes, obesity and metabolic syndrome
US8207350B2 (en) 2006-02-15 2012-06-26 Abbott Laboratories Acetyl-CoA carboxylase (ACC) inhibitors and their use in diabetes, obesity and metabolic syndrome
US8748627B2 (en) 2006-02-15 2014-06-10 Abbvie Inc. Acetyl-CoA carboxylase (ACC) inhibitors and their use in diabetes, obesity and metabolic syndrome
WO2008003854A3 (en) * 2006-07-03 2008-03-06 Sanofi Aventis Derivatives of 2-benzoyl-imidazopyridines, preparation method thereof and use of same in therapeutics
WO2008003854A2 (en) * 2006-07-03 2008-01-10 Sanofi-Aventis Derivatives of 2-benzoyl-imidazopyridines, preparation method thereof and use of same in therapeutics
FR2903105A1 (en) * 2006-07-03 2008-01-04 Sanofi Aventis Sa 2-BENZOYL-IMIDAZOPYRIDINE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC USE
US8404848B2 (en) 2006-07-03 2013-03-26 Sanofi Derivatives of imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-2-carboxamides, preparation method thereof and use of same in therapeutics
US7704989B2 (en) 2006-07-03 2010-04-27 Sanofi-Aventis Derivatives of imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-2-carboxamides, preparation method thereof and use of same in therapeutics
US7902219B2 (en) 2006-07-03 2011-03-08 Sanofi-Aventis 2-benzoylimidazopyridine derivatives, preparation and therapeutic use thereof
EP2088861A2 (en) * 2006-10-25 2009-08-19 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Benzimidazole compounds
EP2088861A4 (en) * 2006-10-25 2010-07-07 Takeda Pharmaceutical Benzimidazole compounds
JP2010507664A (en) * 2006-10-25 2010-03-11 武田薬品工業株式会社 Benzimidazole compounds
WO2008051533A2 (en) 2006-10-25 2008-05-02 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Benzimidazole compounds
JP2010514672A (en) * 2006-12-29 2010-05-06 武田薬品工業株式会社 Fused heterocyclic compounds having CRF antagonist activity
WO2008082003A1 (en) * 2006-12-29 2008-07-10 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Fused heterocyclic compounds having crf antagonistic activity
US8039500B2 (en) 2006-12-29 2011-10-18 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Fused heterocyclic compounds
DE102008023801A1 (en) 2008-05-15 2009-11-19 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted imidazo and triazolopyrimidines, imidazo and pyrazolopyrazines and imidazotriazines
WO2009138176A1 (en) 2008-05-15 2009-11-19 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted imidazo- and triazolopyrimidines, imidazo- and pyrazolopyrazines and imidazotriazines as gsk3beta-inhibitors
WO2010032461A1 (en) * 2008-09-17 2010-03-25 武田薬品工業株式会社 Nitrogen-containing fused ring compound
US8703796B2 (en) 2008-09-25 2014-04-22 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh 3H-imidazo [4, 5-B] pyridine-6-carboxamides as anti-inflammatory agents
US8598190B2 (en) 2008-09-25 2013-12-03 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh 3H-imidazo [4, 5-C] pyridine-6-carboxamides as anti-inflammatory agents
US9040565B2 (en) 2008-09-25 2015-05-26 Orexo Ab 1H-benzimidazole-5-carboxamides as anti-inflammatory agents
US8916599B2 (en) 2008-09-25 2014-12-23 Orexo Ab 1H-benz imidazole-5-carboxamides as anti-inflammatory agents
US8394969B2 (en) 2008-09-26 2013-03-12 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
US8410284B2 (en) 2008-10-22 2013-04-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp Cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
US8563746B2 (en) 2008-10-29 2013-10-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp Cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
US8329914B2 (en) 2008-10-31 2012-12-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp Cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
WO2010084050A2 (en) 2009-01-13 2010-07-29 Novartis Ag Quinazolinone derivatives useful as vanilloid antagonists
US8921405B2 (en) 2009-03-05 2014-12-30 Orexo Ab Compounds
WO2011092293A2 (en) 2010-02-01 2011-08-04 Novartis Ag Cyclohexyl amide derivatives as crf receptor antagonists
WO2011092290A1 (en) 2010-02-01 2011-08-04 Novartis Ag Pyrazolo[5,1b]oxazole derivatives as crf-1 receptor antagonists
WO2011095450A1 (en) 2010-02-02 2011-08-11 Novartis Ag Cyclohexyl amide derivatives as crf receptor antagonists
CN102153538A (en) * 2010-02-11 2011-08-17 山东轩竹医药科技有限公司 Benzocyclodirivative
US8895596B2 (en) 2010-02-25 2014-11-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp Cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
US8586604B2 (en) 2010-08-20 2013-11-19 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Inhibitors of the microsomal prostaglandin E2 synthase-1
US8759537B2 (en) 2010-08-20 2014-06-24 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh 3H-imidazo [4, 5-C] pyridine-6-carboxamides as anti-inflammatory agents
US8697708B2 (en) 2010-09-15 2014-04-15 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Azabenzothiazole compounds, compositions and methods of use
US11773110B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2023-10-03 Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Heterocycle amines and uses thereof
US8486968B2 (en) 2010-12-10 2013-07-16 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Compounds
US8466186B2 (en) 2010-12-10 2013-06-18 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Compounds
US8674113B2 (en) 2010-12-10 2014-03-18 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Compounds
WO2012164473A1 (en) 2011-05-27 2012-12-06 Novartis Ag 3-spirocyclic piperidine derivatives as ghrelin receptor agonists
WO2013164790A1 (en) 2012-05-03 2013-11-07 Novartis Ag L-malate salt of 2, 7 - diaza - spiro [4.5 ] dec- 7 - yle derivatives and crystalline forms thereof as ghrelin receptor agonists
US9957235B2 (en) 2014-02-11 2018-05-01 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Benzimidazol-2-amines as mIDH1 inhibitors
US9951027B2 (en) 2014-02-11 2018-04-24 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Benzimidazol-2-amines as MIDH1 inhibitors
US10442772B2 (en) 2014-02-11 2019-10-15 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Benzimidazol-2-amines as mIDH1 inhibitors
US10676457B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2020-06-09 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10513493B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2019-12-24 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9670210B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2017-06-06 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US11155532B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2021-10-26 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10300051B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2019-05-28 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US11247992B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2022-02-15 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9994546B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2018-06-12 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10174030B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2019-01-08 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10717737B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2020-07-21 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10125133B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2018-11-13 Incyte Corporation Substituted [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridines and substituted [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10138249B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2018-11-27 Incyte Corporation Triazolopyridines and triazolopyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10112950B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2018-10-30 Incyte Corporation Substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10968221B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2021-04-06 Incyte Corporation Substituted [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9695168B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2017-07-04 Incyte Corporation Substituted imidazo[1,5-α]pyridines and imidazo[1,5-α]pyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10047086B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2018-08-14 Incyte Corporation Imidazopyridines and imidazopyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9695180B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2017-07-04 Incyte Corporation Substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9758523B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2017-09-12 Incyte Corporation Triazolopyridines and triazolopyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10640503B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2020-05-05 Incyte Corporation Imidazopyridines and imidazopyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10556908B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2020-02-11 Incyte Corporation Substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9695167B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2017-07-04 Incyte Corporation Substituted triazolo[1,5-a]pyridines and triazolo[1,5-a]pyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10138226B2 (en) 2014-10-23 2018-11-27 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Benzimidazol-2-amines as MIDH1 inhibitors
US10137110B2 (en) 2014-10-23 2018-11-27 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft 1-cyclohexyl-2-phenylaminobenzimidazoles as mIDH1 inhibitors for the treatment of tumors
US11401272B2 (en) 2015-04-03 2022-08-02 Incyte Corporation Heterocyclic compounds as LSD1 inhibitors
US10800779B2 (en) 2015-04-03 2020-10-13 Incyte Corporation Heterocyclic compounds as LSD1 inhibitors
US9944647B2 (en) 2015-04-03 2018-04-17 Incyte Corporation Heterocyclic compounds as LSD1 inhibitors
US10370339B2 (en) 2015-06-08 2019-08-06 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft N-Methylbenzimidazoles as mIDH1 inhibitors
WO2016198322A1 (en) 2015-06-08 2016-12-15 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft N-menthylbenzimidazoles as midh1 inhibitors
WO2017009325A1 (en) 2015-07-16 2017-01-19 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft 5-hydroxyalkylbenzimidazoles as midh1 inhibitors
US10329255B2 (en) 2015-08-12 2019-06-25 Incyte Corporation Salts of an LSD1 inhibitor
US10723700B2 (en) 2015-08-12 2020-07-28 Incyte Corporation Salts of an LSD1 inhibitor
US11498900B2 (en) 2015-08-12 2022-11-15 Incyte Corporation Salts of an LSD1 inhibitor
US10166221B2 (en) 2016-04-22 2019-01-01 Incyte Corporation Formulations of an LSD1 inhibitor
US10968200B2 (en) 2018-08-31 2021-04-06 Incyte Corporation Salts of an LSD1 inhibitor and processes for preparing the same
US11512064B2 (en) 2018-08-31 2022-11-29 Incyte Corporation Salts of an LSD1 inhibitor and processes for preparing the same
CN110156712A (en) * 2019-04-25 2019-08-23 邵玉田 It is a kind of to utilize aromatic nitration by-product synthesis benzoxazoles class compound and application

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20070135452A1 (en) 2007-06-14
EP1677791A2 (en) 2006-07-12
EP1677791A4 (en) 2007-08-15
JP4842829B2 (en) 2011-12-21
JP2007510646A (en) 2007-04-26
US7714009B2 (en) 2010-05-11
CA2543707A1 (en) 2005-05-19
WO2005044793A3 (en) 2006-03-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7714009B2 (en) Nitrogen-containing fused heterocyclic compounds
EP0268989B1 (en) Imidazopyridine compounds and processes for preparation thereof
US8163935B2 (en) Fused heterocyclic compounds
JP4790703B2 (en) Cyclic compounds
EP0691960B1 (en) Antipsychotic benzimidazole derivatives
KR101346823B1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds
SK285432B6 (en) Distributed bicyclic heterocycles, method of their preparation, pharmaceuticals containing them and their use
HU196971B (en) Process for producing new benzimidazol derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US5565469A (en) Benzimidazoles and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
SK1942001A3 (en) 1h-imidazopyridine derivatives
KR20030019555A (en) Propane-1,3-Dione Derivatives
JPH08269059A (en) Novel pyrido(3,2-e)pyrazinone and its production,antathmaticand antiallergic drug containing it,and production of the drug
US4782055A (en) Imidazopyridine compounds useful in the treatment of ulcers
JP2002531501A (en) GLP-1 receptor non-peptide antagonists and methods of use
JPH02218682A (en) Ergorine derivative
EP0315112B1 (en) Novel amide compounds
JP2005239611A (en) Pyrazolopyrimidine derivative and its application
JP3269658B2 (en) Phenol derivatives
JPH01211580A (en) Substituted imidazole derivative
US4720496A (en) Pyridotriazoloquinazolines and triazolopyridoquinazolines useful as antiallergics
US5336679A (en) Tetrahydroimidazopyridine derivatives and salts thereof
JPH10505330A (en) Halogen imidazopyridine
JPH05112559A (en) 4-amino-5-pyrimidinecarboxylic acid derivative
CN101166729A (en) Fused heterocyclic compounds
JPH0269477A (en) Substituted imidazole derivative

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2004810065

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2543707

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007135452

Country of ref document: US

Ref document number: 2006538217

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: 10577334

Country of ref document: US

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2004810065

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 10577334

Country of ref document: US